Southern US 95 & US 93

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CORRIDOR PLAN INCLUDES US 95 SOUTH FROM RAILROAD PASS TO THE CALIFORNIA STATE LINE, US 93 TO Southern US 95 and US 93 HOOVER DAM AND US outhern 95 and 93 95 NORTH OF I-215 TO THE CLARK COUNTY LINE WEST OF INDIAN landscapelandscape andand aestheticsaesthetics corridorcorridor planplan SPRINGS

DESIGN WORKSHOP PLACES Sand County Studios JW Zunino & Associates CH2MHill

December 15, 2006

Southern US 95 and US 93 corridor plan

MESSAGE FROM THE GOVERNOR OF NEVADA MESSAGE FROM THE DIRECTOR OF NEVADA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION On June 6, 2002, the Nevada Department of Transportation adopted Landscape and aesthetics are an integral part of the design in as policy, “Pattern and Palette of Place: A Landscape and Aesthetics building and retrofitting our highway system. This Landscape and Master Plan for the Nevada State Highway System.” The second phase Aesthetics Corridor Plan for US 95 and US 93 in Southern Nevada of planning is complete. The Landscape and Aesthetics Corridor helps realize our vision for the future appearance of our highways. Plan represents a significant step forward for the Landscape and The plan will provide the guidance for our own design teams, and Aesthetics program created by the Master Plan because it involves it will help Nevada’s citizens participate in formulating context- local public agencies and citizens in the planning process. Now, sensitive solutions for today’s transportation needs. Together, Nevada’s highways truly represent the State and its people. The we will ensure our highways reflect Nevada’s distinctive heritage, Corridor Plan will be the primary management tool for use in landscape, and culture. guiding funding allocations, promoting appropriate aesthetic design, and providing for the incorporation of highway elements that uniquely express Nevada’s landscape, communities, and cities, as well as its people. The State considers this Corridor Plan to be a major accomplishment for the future of Nevada highways.

I Southern US 95 and US 93 corridor plan Endorsements

ENDORSEMENTS

This Corridor Plan has been reviewed by the following groups and agencies. Endorsement means agreeing in principle with the opportunities and recommendations identified within agency jurisdiction:

City of Boulder City City of Henderson City of Henderson Parks and Recreation Department Clark County Parks and Recreation Clark County Public Works Department Fort Mojave Tribal Council Las Vegas Arts Commission National Park Service Natural Resources Conservation Service Nevada Division of Forestry Nevada Division of State Parks, Las Vegas Region Nevada Resort Association Nevada State Museum and Historical Society Regional Transportation Commission of Southern Nevada Searchlight Town Advisory Board Sierra Club Southern Nevada Home Builders Southern Nevada Water Authority State Arts Commission U.S. Forest Service Spring Mountain National Recreation Area University of Nevada, Las Vegas

II Acknowledgements Southern US 95 and US 93 corridor plan

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS State Transportation Board University of Nevada Las Vegas Kenny C. Guinn (Chairman) Governor Landscape Architecture and Planning Research Office Kathy Augustine Controller Mark Elison Hoversten - Professor, FASLA, AICP Caesar Caviglia Member Susan Jones - Research Associate, ASLA Tom Gust Member Brian Pugh - Research Assistant, ASLA Lorraine Hunt Lieutenant Governor Brian Sandoval Attorney General Consultant Team Jim Thornton Member Design Workshop Richard W. Shaw - Principal, FASLA Statewide Transportation Technical Advisory Committee (STTAC) Steve Noll - Principal, ASLA Audrey Allan Vincent Guthreau Stephanie Grigsby - Associate, ASLA Laurie Ann-Grimes Sig Jaunarajs Kristofer Johnson - Landscape Designer Tom Brady Mara Jones Eric Roverud - Landscape Designer Steve Bunnell Charlie Kajkowski (Vice-Chair) Laura Miller - Landscape Designer Denis Cederburg Clara Lawson Elizabeth Scott - Landscape Designer, ASLA Daryl Crawford Patrick Pittenger Rebecca Leonard - Planner Keyth Durham Marc Reynolds (Chair) Anna Gagne - Planner Paul Enos Jonna Samsom Julie McGrew - Landscape Designer Jon Ericson Bruce Turner Devon Morgan - Graphic Designer David Fraser Steve Weaver Lisa McGuire - Graphic Designer Debra Goodwin Nino Pero - Website Designer Technical Review Committee (TRC) Kelan Smith - Environmental Graphics Kenny Anderson Cameron Harper Jim Moore Dori Johnson - Executive Assistant Brok Armantrout Jim Holland Thonni Morikawa Jen Tarbet - Project Assistant Bill Bible David Hunt Deborah Murray Eric Blumensaadt Rick Keller Damon Ohlerking PLACES Jackie Brady Teri Knight Lisa Ortega Barbara Santner - Landscape Architect and Planner, ASLA, AICP Ann Brauer Myrna and Bob Kokesch Cathy Razor Kathie Brinkerhoff - Landscape Designer Kim Bush Joan Lolmaugh Bill Rowe Susan Leuscher - Landscape Architect in Training Polly Carolin Rudy Malfabon Kim Russell Denis Cederburg Joe Martinez Dave Sangster Sand County Studios Barry Duncan Mary Martini Robert Shawn James Sipes - Landscape Architect and Digital Database Development, ASLA Saundra Durgin Louisa McDonald Lynn Shomens Annice Ellis Nora McDowell Jeffrey Steinmetz JW Zunino and Associates Jane Feldman Bob Mckenzie Luis Valera Jack Zunino - Principal, FASLA Robert Fisher Carolyn Merrick Patrick Watson Geoffrey Schafler - Landscape Coordinator, ASLA Patrick Gaffey Alfreda Mitre Kari Bergh - Landscape Architect

Nevada Department of Transportation CH2M Hill Rand Pollard, P.E. - Assistant Chief of Road Design Engineer Cindy Potter - Civil Engineer, Principal, P.E. Lucy Joyce-Mendive - Landscape Architect Supervisor Janice Ellis - Assistant Landscape Architect Ron Blakemore - Former Landscape Architect Supervisor III Southern US 95 and US 93 corridor plan Executive Summary

USER’S GUIDE EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Vista, Destiny of the West, and Mojave Desert Chapter Four summarizes the cost implications Vista. A description of the theme, design objec- associated with the improvements proposed by • Refer to the section beginning on page 1.3 This plan establishes the vision for the landscape tives and examples of the appropriate design this Corridor Plan. Cost estimates are included to understand Softscape and Hardscape and aesthetics of the Southern US 95 and US 93 aesthetic are presented for each segment. Addi- for both preliminary project budgeting as well Types and Treatments corridor. The vision synthesizes historic, current, tionally, maps and sections of the landscape de- as ongoing project maintenance. These esti- • Refer to the Introduction and Section and future conditions into a comprehensive guide sign segments provide detail regarding the loca- mates will inform NDOT in the decision-making One of Chapter Two beginning on page to improve the visual appearance of the highway tion of specific projects and the desired level of process and help influence budget alloca- 2.1 to understand how the corridor is or- corridors through communities, rural landscapes, aesthetic treatment. tions for the landscape and aesthetics highway ganized into Highway Zones and scenic environments. improvements. Chapter Three begins by outlining an approach to • Refer to Chapter Two, Sections Two through Four beginning on page 2.12 to The first chapter of this report provides an intro- the design process. This process highlights the ne- The remaining chapters provide information that understand the theme and design ob- duction to the NDOT Landscape and Aesthetics cessity of integrating landscape and aesthetics at will help readers understand the technical infor- jectives for each Landscape Design Seg- program. It describes the mechanism by which the beginning of every project. Design guidelines mation presented in the document. ment corridor design will be managed, a description of are included to provide the framework for improv- programs and elements that influence highway ing the aesthetics of existing, new, and retrofit • Refer to pages 2.20, 2.21, 2.30, 2.31, 2.38, and 2.39 for Design Interpretation aesthetics, and a summary of background infor- highway projects. They are written statements of mation gathered and analyzed. recommended methods to meet the segment’s • Refer to Chapter Three beginning on page design objectives. The guidelines, accompanied 3.1 for specific Design Guidelines Chapter Two describes the process through by concept diagrams, sketches, or photographs, which sections of the highway were categorized demonstrate ways in which to achieve the design • Refer to page 3.23 to view the base and into highway zones and divided into distinct intent. accent Color Palettes landscape design segments: Mountain Desert

• Refer to pages 3.42, 3.44, 3.45, and 3.46 to view the Plant Palettes for each Softscape Type

• Refer to Chapter Four beginning on page 4.1 for the description of Funding and Costs

• Refer to the section beginning on page 4.17 for Project Priorities

IV Table of Contents Southern US 95 and US 93 corridor plan

INTRODUCTION ...... I Executive Summary ...... IV CHAPTER ONE: CORRIDOR MANAGEMENT AND BACKGROUND INVENTORY ...... 1 SECTION ONE: Introduction ...... 1.1 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics ...... 1.3 SECTION THREE: Background Inventory ...... 1.20 CHAPTER TWO: LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENTS ...... 2 SECTION ONE: Highway Zones ...... 2.4 SECTION TWO: Mountain Desert Vista ...... 2.12 SECTION THREE: Destiny of the West ...... 2.22 SECTION FOUR: Mojave Desert Vista ...... 2.32 CHAPTER THREE: DESIGN GUIDELINES ...... 3 SECTION ONE: Design Process Guidelines ...... 3.2 SECTION TWO: Destiny of the West Design Guidelines ...... 3.4 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines ...... 3.6 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines ...... 3.14 CHAPTER FOUR: COST ANALYSIS AND IMPLEMENTATION ...... 4 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis ...... 4.1 SECTION TWO: Implementation ...... 4.15 SECTION THREE: Priorities ...... 4.17 CHAPTER FIVE: CONCLUSION ...... 5 SECTION ONE: Conclusion ...... 5.1 TECHNICAL APPENDIX ...... A SECTION ONE: Potential Community Funding Sources ...... A.1 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways ...... A.4 GLOSSARY ...... B BIBLIOGRAPHY ...... C

V Southern US 95 and US 93 corridor plan Figure and Map Table of Contents

FIGURE TABLE OF CONTENTS MAP AND SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER ONE: CORRIDOR MANAGEMENT AND BACKGROUND INVENTORY CHAPTER ONE: CORRIDOR MANAGEMENT AND BACKGROUND INVENTORY FIGURE 1 - Overall Corridor Planning Process ...... 1.1 MAP EC1: Environmental Considerations - California State Line To Searchlight ...... 1.23 FIGURE 2 - Landscape Treatment Types ...... 1.3 MAP EC2: Environmental Considerations - Searchlight To Eldorado Valley ...... 1.24 FIGURE 3 - Existing Scenic Byways ...... 1.17 MAP EC3: Environmental Considerations - Eldorado Valley To Hoover Dam ...... 1.25 CHAPTER TWO: LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENTS MAP EC4: Environmental Considerations - Kyle Canyon To Clark County Line ...... 1.26 FIGURE 4 - Corridor Organizing Elements ...... 2.1 MAP VS1: Viewsheds - California State Line To Searchlight ...... 1.28 FIGURE 5 - Landscape Design Segment Themes, Maps, and Sections ...... 2.2 MAP VS2: Viewsheds - Searchlight To Eldorado Valley ...... 1.29 FIGURE 6 - Highway Zone Design Objectives ...... 2.4 MAP VS3: Viewsheds - Eldorado Valley To Hoover Dam ...... 1.30 FIGURE 7 - Urban Freeways- Highway Zones ...... 2.5 MAP VS4: Viewsheds - Kyle Canyon To Clark County Line ...... 1.31 FIGURE 8 - City Streets - Highway Zones ...... 2.6 MAP VA1: Visual Analysis - California State Line To Searchlight ...... 1.32 FIGURE 9 - Traffic-calming Features ...... 2.7 MAP VA2: Visual Analysis - Searchlight To Eldorado Valley ...... 1.33 FIGURE 10 - Five-lane Highways ...... 2.7 MAP VA3: Visual Analysis - Eldorado Valley To Hoover Dam ...... 1.34 FIGURE 11 - 60-foot Right of Way ...... 2.8 MAP VA4: Visual Analysis - Kyle Canyon To Clark County Line ...... 1.35 FIGURE 12 - 80-foot Right of Way ...... 2.8 CHAPTER TWO: LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENTS FIGURE 13 - Rural Highways - Highway Zones ...... 2.10 MAP A: Landscape Design Segments - Southern US 95 And US 93 Corridor ...... 2.3 CHAPTER THREE: DESIGN GUIDELINES MAP A1: Mountain Desert Vista - Design Objectives - California State Line To Eldorado Valley ...... 2.13 FIGURE 14 - Native Revegetation Plant Palette ...... 3.42 MAP A2: Mountain Desert Vista - Design Objectives - Eldorado Valley To US 95/US 93 Intersection ...... 2.14 FIGURE 15 - Enhanced Native Plant Palette ...... 3.44 SECTION A1: Mountain Desert Vista - Longitudinal Section - California State Line To Eldorado Valley ...... 2.15 FIGURE 16 - Regionally Adapted Plant Palette ...... 3.45 SECTION A2: Mountain Desert Vista - Longitudinal Section - Eldorado Valley To Railroad Pass ...... 2.16 FIGURE 17 - Regional Ornamental Plant Palette ...... 3.46 MAP A3: Mountain Desert Vista - Specific Features - California State Line To Eldorado Valley ...... 2.17 CHAPTER FOUR: COST ANALYSIS AND IMPLEMENTATION MAP A4 Mountain Desert Vista - Specific Features - Eldorado Valley To Us 95/US 93 Intersection ...... 2.18 FIGURE 18 - Landscape Treatment Types ...... 4.4 MAP B1: Destiny Of The West - Design Objectives - US 95/US 93 Intersection To Hoover Dam ...... 2.24 FIGURES 19 - 50 - Costing Diagrams ...... 4.5 - 4.12 SECTION B1: Destiny Of The West - Longitudinal Section - US 93: US 95/US 93 Intersection To Hoover Dam ...... 2.25 FIGURE 51 - Planning Level Costing Estimate ...... 4.13 SECTION B2: Destiny Of The West - Longitudinal Section - Boulder City Bypass ...... 2.26 FIGURE 52 - Total Life Cycle Maintenance Costs ...... 4.14 MAP B2: Destiny Of The West - Specific Features - US 95/US 93 Intersection To Hoover Dam ...... 2.27 FIGURE 53 - Maintenance Costs for Landscape Treatment Types ...... 4.14 MAP C1: Mojave Desert Vista - Design Objectives - Kyle Canyon To Clark County Line ...... 2.34 FIGURE 54 - Funding Opportunities ...... 4.16 SECTION C1: Mojave Desert Vista - Longitudinal Section - Kyle Canyon To Clark County Line ...... 2.35 MAP C2: Mojave Desert Vista - Specific Features - Kyle Canyon To Clark County Line ...... 2.36 CHAPTER FOUR: COST ANALYSIS AND IMPLEMENTATION MAP PR1: Mountain Desert Vista - Priority Projects - California State Line To Eldorado Valley ...... 4.18 MAP PR2: Mountain Desert Vista - Priority Projects - Eldorado Valley To US 95/US 93 Intersection ...... 4.19 MAP PR3: Destiny Of The West - Priority Projects - US 95/US 93 Intersection To Hoover Dam ...... 4.20 MAP PR 4: Mojave Desert Vista - Priority Projects - Kyle Canyon To Clark County Line ...... 4.21

VI Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Corridor Management and Background Inventory

TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION ONE: Introduction ...... 1.1 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics ...... 1.3 SECTION THREE: Background Inventory ...... 1.20

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

SECTION ONE: Introduction Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION ONE: Today, it is the policy of the State of Nevada to describes the vision, not the promise, for high- consider landscape and aesthetics in conjunction way landscape and aesthetic treatments and en- Introduction with other design factors in all transportation hancements. Implementation of the vision will be projects. Furthermore, NDOT recognizes that suc- achieved through the combined efforts of local cessful projects result when local communities, governments, private citizens, civic groups, and THE VISION the public, other permitting agencies, and the the business community. private sector participate in the planning, design, Nevada has a renewed commitment to landscape construction, and maintenance of transportation As shown in illustration 2, the corridor includes US and aesthetics for the state’s highways. In 2002, projects. Partnerships are imperative to ensure 95 from the California state line near Cal Nev Ari to the Nevada Department of Transportation (NDOT) Nevada’s highway system expresses the unique the US 95/US 93 intersection, US 93 from Railroad adopted the Landscape and Aesthetics Master heritage, culture, and environment of the state Pass east to Hoover Dam, and US 95 north of Las Plan, raising the bar for context-sensitive design. and its communities. Vegas from Kyle Canyon to the Clark County line.

“We envision a system of state highways Purpose of the Corridor Plan The Corridor Plan identifies major design themes that reflect the land and people of Nevada. The Southern US 95 and US 93 Landscape and and materials to be used in landscape and aes- We believe that Nevada should have high- Aesthetics Corridor Plan is based on the vision thetic treatments. It also recommends the level ways that are aesthetically pleasing, as well and recommendations of the Master Plan. This of treatment to be applied to highway features in as safe and cost effective. Therefore, no state THIS DOCUMENT plan establishes the vision for landscape and the corridor, providing a broad cost estimate of highway is complete until landscape and aesthetics for each highway, synthesizing his- treatments, and outlining strategies for funding aesthetics are considered and addressed.” toric, current, and future conditions to improve of construction and long-term maintenance. (1) Western Highways Corridor. Pattern and Palette of Place, 2002, p.10-11 the visual appearance of each corridor. The plan

Figure 1 - Overall Corridor Planning Process MASTER PLANNING CORRIDOR PLANNING PROJECT DESIGN PROCESS POLICIES THEME INTERPRETATION OF THEME DESIGN GUIDELINES SPECIFIC PROJECT

DETERMINE AND DEVELOP LANDSCAPE DETERMINE THE VISION, DEVELOP PROGRAM ESTABLISH DESCRIBE THEME FOR DESIGN SEGMENT POLICIES, PROCESS, AND OF FACILITIES AND DESIGN EACH LANDSCAPE OBJECTIVES TO BE PLANNING GUIDELINES TYPES OF TREATMENT GUIDELINES DESIGN SEGMENT APPLIED

POLICIES DETERMINE LEVEL OF PROGRAM TREATMENT WITH PARTNERSHIPS PRIORITIES CONTEXT FUNDING

INITIATE MANAGE ESTIMATE NDOT PROJECT INDIVIDUAL DESIGN PROJECT COSTS (2) Southern US 95 and US 93 Corridor. DESIGN PROJECT PROCESS

DIRECT AND REVIEW INDIVIDUAL PROJECTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CORRIDOR PLAN RECOMMENDATION 1.1 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION ONE: Introduction

The Corridor Plan is a method for improving the CORRIDOR DESIGN MANAGEMENT ridor, creating design objectives and guidelines for aesthetic qualities of the state’s highways, partic- highways in their area, and prioritizing prospective ularly in relation to adjacent cities, communities, This plan is a useful management tool for design- projects. The public participation process ensured: and neighborhoods. The Corridor Plan is intended ing highway projects because it provides specific to affect both existing highways as well as future recommendations, programs, and a description of • Identification of issues and concerns to each community expansion projects. Landscape and aesthetic treat- the intended result. • A method, strategy, and action plan to ad- ments identified and prioritized in the Corridor dress community concerns Plan may be funded from a variety of sources. As a The Corridor Plan establishes a theme or central • Opportunities for the public to express general rule, up to three percent of total highway design idea. Projects within each landscape design their level of support for the Corridor Plan construction costs on all new construction and segment are guided by a theme, associated design • Release of full information about the Corri- capacity improvements may be allocated to land- objectives, examples that illustrate interpretation of dor Plan through public meetings, the Cor- (1) The Technical Review Committee (TRC) allowed ridor Plan Web site, and fact sheets representatives of various agencies to review scape and aesthetic treatments. Funding for the the theme, and a program of facilities with common intermediate reports and provide valuable information retrofit of landscape and aesthetic improvements definitions. Design guidelines, estimated costs, and regarding the corridor. to existing highways is based on community part- project priorities establish the viability of the final The public process involved a multi-layered ap- nerships and the opportunity for communities to corridor plan. NDOT will use the Corridor Plan as one proach to encourage maximum participation. match State funds with a share of local money, of the tools to manage the design of the highway. Federal monies, or in-kind contributions. The Cor- Prior to designing specific projects, NDOT and the • A Technical Review Committee (TRC), com- ridor Plan is a public/private partnership initiative. design consultant should review the Corridor Plan to posed of a broad range of stakeholders, This unique initiative is guided by the partnership understand how the project level design fits within contributed significant local agency and community knowledge policy outlined in the NDOT Landscape and Aes- a particular landscape design segment. Implementa- • The public was able to identify issues, help thetics Master Plan, which states tion of the designated treatment levels may depend establish priorities, ask questions, and pro- on partnerships and funding opportunities. Overall, vide input at two public meetings “Local communities, the public, other per- the vision and intent of the themes and treatment • A fact sheet was widely distributed to provide mitting agencies, and the private sector levels should be considered as the guide through- general information about the corridor plan are encouraged to be involved in planning, out the design process. Figure 1 (page 1.1), outlines • The public visited a corridor planning Web (2) A series of public meetings were held throughout the design, construction, and maintenance the steps that are necessary in order to achieve the site to learn more about planning activities corridor planning process to gather information from of transportation projects to express the desired outcome for this corridor. • Individual stakeholder meetings were con- local residents and stakeholders. unique heritage, culture and environment ducted to ensure that all those who needed of the state and its communities.” to be included were involved PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Pattern and Palette of Place, 2002, p. 12 • A media relations strategy was developed to encourage even greater participation Early and continuous public involvement has been Furthermore, NDOT will work with local govern- critical to the success of the Landscape and Aes- ments, private citizens, civic groups, and the busi- Public participation and community involvement thetics Corridor Plan. NDOT fostered extensive ness community to develop cooperative agree- are important components of the planning pro- public dialogue at every stage of planning and de- ments for funding the design, construction, and cess because they have helped to ensure that the velopment. This engaged communities and helped maintenance of landscape and aesthetic improve- recommendations outlined in this Corridor Plan to develop local support. ments identified in this Corridor Plan. In locations reflect the ideas and suggestions of local commu- where recommendations exceed NDOT’s normal nity members. The public participation process provided stake- financial responsibility and the community de- holders with a forum for sharing knowledge of sires the elevated level of aesthetic treatment, their communities, identifying opportunities for NDOT will engage the community to create part- enhancing the landscape and aesthetics of the cor- nerships to find additional funding. 1.2 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics STRUCTURES AND HARDSCAPE TYPES AND TREATMENTS The Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics provide the framework used to define the purpose and intent of highway corridor improvements. These elements, described on the following pages, include varying intensities of softscape and hardscape, statewide signage, rest area facilities, native wildflower program, approaches to address outdoor advertising, scenic byways, anti-littering campaigns, and a Main Street approach. NDOT currently incorporates some of these elements;

however, many others are redefined. In some cas- STANDARD ACCENTUATED FOCAL LANDMARK es, new facility types are established.

LANDSCAPE TREATMENT TYPES

Figure 2 LANDSCAPE TREATMENT TYPES A Landscape Treatment Type includes a Softscape Type and a Structures and Hardscape Type. Every section of NDOT rights-of-way has a Landscape Treatment Type associated with it to define its GROUND TREATMENT design character and maintenance requirements. Softscape treatments vary from a simple ground NATIVE PLANT REVEGETATION cover treatment to more elaborate ornamental plant material. Similarly, structures and hardscape treatments range from standard category to land- ENHANCED NATIVE mark quality. Used in combination, these treat- SOFTSCAPE ment levels establish the design character within AND TREATMENTS the corridor. The matrix of possible combinations REGIONALLY ADAPTED of softscape types and structures and hardscape TYPES treatments is shown in Figure 2. REGIONAL ORNAMENTAL

1.3 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

Softscape Types and Treatments Softscape types and treatments are compositions of plant materials including trees, shrubs, perennials, grasses, and ground treatments. Although the treatments require varying levels of irrigation, an overall emphasis has been placed on water conservation. NDOT requires cooperative long-term maintenance agreements with local stakeholders for irrigated landscapes. The following descriptions and photographic examples define the specific softscape types that may be utilized in sections of the corridor. Plant palettes and guidelines are described beginning on page 3.42.

Ground Treatment Ground treatments along the roadway provide erosion and dust control. This treatment includes uniform applications of rock mulch or variable sizes of stone, combined with textures that match the existing environment. In rural areas, palettes are derived from natural patterns found in playas, foothills, or ephemeral drainages. In urban environments, various forms of aesthetic rock treatment are used to create patterns and textures. Irrigation is not included in this treatment.

Total Cost: $1.20 - $1.40 sf L & A Cost: $0.00 sf

Native Plant Revegetation Softscape A palette of native southern Mojave plant materials, including Creosote Bush/Bursage or Blackbrush, should be used to reestablish disturbed areas along the roadway. Seeding should be interspersed with mature plantings to create an established plant community character. Plantings should be sparse and infrequent, and require only temporary irrigation to ensure plant survival. Enriching the soil with mulch and other amendments is required, and preparation techniques include roughening grade for seed siting and amending the soils with mulch and topsoil.

Total Cost: $1.20 - $1.40 sf L & A Cost: $0.00 sf

Note: These photographs show examples of softscape types and treatments. 1.4 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Enhanced Native Softscape This treatment accentuates change by introducing a greater diversity of plant materials from the southern Mojave plant palette. Organized in greater densities, trees are used to increase vertical diversity. Special ground treatments for drainage and erosion control are included. Drip irrigation is required to assure plant survival.

Total Cost: $1.50 - $1.70 sf L & A Cost: $0.30 - $0.50 sf

Regionally Adapted Softscape Combinations of Mojave and related desert plants form this landscape palette. A greater density and variety of plant materials are combined to create a layering effect. Trees provide a distinct overstory, while shrubs and perennials form a thick understory. Plants are selected for color, texture, seasonal change, and form. For this landscape type to survive, drip irrigation to individual plants is required.

Total Cost: $2.40 - $2.90 sf L & A Cost: $1.20 - $1.70 sf

Regional Ornamental Softscape Regional ornamental landscape includes a diversity of plant species, some of which are imported to this region. Orna- mental landscape introduces taller and denser plant materials, such as species of pine and palm trees. The regional ornamental landscape includes shade, varieties of form and color. It provides a dynamic contrast to the arid landscapes of naturally-occurring plant species. In the regional ornamental landscape, vegetation patterns and compositions are designed to reflect aesthetic and cultural qualities. Zoned drip irrigation systems are required.

Total Cost: $3.70 - $6.50 sf L & A Cost: $2.50 - $5.30 sf

Note: These photographs show examples of softscape types and treatments. 1.5 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

Structures and Hardscape Types and Treatments The following classifications define the common language of highway facility design. Bridges, retaining walls, noise walls, pedestrian crossings, pedestrian fencing, railings, barrier railings, lighting, and transportation art are included in these classifications.

Standard Structures and Hardscape A standard treatment is simple and functional. Color and proportional adjustments improve aesthetic quality. Standard structure design is economical and satisfies vehicle movement requirements. However, it does little to establish design character or placemaking. NDOT standards for surface treatment and lighting include painted finishes, fractured fin formliners and overhead poles with cobra head illumination or high mast area lighting. Regular trash and graffiti removal maintenance programs are necessary.

Total Cost: $115 - $120 sf L & A Cost: $0 sf

Accentuated Structures and Hardscape Corridor pattern design is defined by a unified system of materials and textures. Adding accents and special finishes to built structures facilitates and enhances placemaking. These elements can include transportation art and the application of high quality finishes and color to highway structures. Drain- age details and water harvesting techniques can be enhanced through the use of decorative rock and contour grading.

Total Cost: $132 - $142 sf L & A Cost: $17 - $27 sf

Note: These photographs show examples of structure and hardscape types and treatments. 1.6 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Focal Structures and Hardscape Focal structures and hardscape treatments facilitate the ex- pression of a specific design character. Structures consist of self-weathering materials, integrated color or textural finishes, and may include detailed formliners on structural surfaces. Patterns consist of a motif-based multi-surface design. Barrier rails utilize custom construction and include designs that are artistically incorporated into the structure, ultimately elevating an engineered form to a work of art. Up- graded lighting elements combine form and function to include lower height standards and decorative elements.

Total Cost: $180 - $195 sf L & A Cost: $65 - $80 sf

Landmark Structures and Hardscape Landmark treatments call attention to qualities that highlight something unique. Extensive design treatments are used on bridge structures, retaining walls, acoustic walls, barrier rails, and pedestrian crossings. Unique formliner treatments on structural surfaces denote the special importance of the place. Subject and composition, combined with placement, denote the importance of transportation art. Elaborate lighting provides special nighttime effects.

Total Cost: $225 - $270 sf L & A Cost: $110 - $155 sf

Note: These photographs show examples of structure and hardscape types and treatments. 1.7 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

The following diagram illustrates how varying degrees of softscape treatments and structures and hardscape treatments may be appropriately applied over a section of the corridor.

COMMUNITY GATEWAY Enhanced Native Native Revegetation Enhanced Regionally Enhanced Enhanced Native Regionally Adapted Focal Standard Native Adapted Native Standard Focal Accentuated Focal Accentuated

1.8 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Regionally Adapted Regional Ornamental Regional Ornamental Enhanced Native Focal Accentuated Landmark Accentuated

1.9 WILD BURRO Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

STATEWIDE PLACE NAME SIGN PROGRAM An audio and multimedia interpretative program Associated Cost A statewide place name and point-of-interest sign will be developed with the sign program. This pro- Smaller communities and local attractions are ex- program better connects people to places. gram will provide signage and audio interpreta- pected to benefit directly from the sign program. tion of Nevada’s history and natural features to Increased tax revenues will give the state a tan- Benefits of the Program travelers. In order to ensure the success of the gible return on its investment. Business partner- The state of Nevada is a large geographic area with program and reduce the confusion created by ships through sponsorships are possible, provided diverse and oft-hidden features. The sign program multiple programs, it will coordinate with inter- there are partial cost offsets. will provide clear and consistent direction from the pretive programs that groups, such as Nevada Sil- (1), (2) The Watchable Wildlife program provides corridors to scenic areas, points-of-interest, his- ver Trails, are currently completing. Signs Included in the Program opportunities for interpretation of desert wildlife such as the wild burro and the desert bighorn sheep. torical sites, and local, non-publicly-owned attrac- Exit to Area of Interest or Town tions. Signs will welcome visitors and inform resi- Eligibility This primary sign type is used only on interstates dents. In addition to stimulating local economies, Under a state managed and controlled pro- and is included here for informational purposes it will draw attention to these important assets gram, NDOT will establish and approve an initial only. It will be used as an informational listing, lo- and affirm the rich history and physical attributes inventory of categories common to the state, in- cated in advance of interstate exits. It will illus- of the state. The sign program will encourage visi- cluding features specific to each highway corri- trate iconic symbols and descriptions as well as tors and residents to better understand the his- dor. Iconic imagery will be created to represent the interstate exit number. tory, culture, and geology of the state. the general categories. After the initial inventory is confirmed, state and local entities can apply for Signs will be post-mounted and use reflective How the Program Will Work inclusion based on specific criteria. graphics/lettering on a metal panel in accordance Utilizing the current Federal Highway Adminis- with applicable FHWA safety standards. A maxi- tration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Con- Anticipated Categories mum of four symbols will be used on each sign trol Devices as a guide, a family of iconic symbols Categories for sign icons common to the state of – one per panel. Concise written descriptions are specific to Nevada will be designed for use on Nevada could include, but are not limited to: required to accompany iconic symbols. (3) Places of historical and cultural significance will be standardized directional and identification signs. clearly identified by the sign program. To ensure uniformity and consistency, the state • Rural communities and their history Directional Sign on State or County Road will implement a policy manual for the signs, re- • Regional tourism themes/promotion Used primarily along the highway corridors, this ferred to as the Nevada Place Name Sign Manual. • Historical features such as railroads, mines, secondary sign type will be used as an informa- mining towns, ghost towns, explorers, and Program promotion will occur via informational tional listing located on state or county roads and immigrant trails brochures available at welcome centers, specific intersections. It will illustrate symbols as well as a • Wildlife viewing areas identification on state maps, and locally-based ad- directional arrow (see Illus. 1 on page 1.11). • Native vegetation vertisements. Recognizable icons will demarcate • Geographic features points of interest and directional symbols. FHWA Signs will be post-mounted and use reflective • Geological features approval for the statewide Place Name Sign Pro- graphics/lettering on a metal panel in accordance (4), (5) The Place Name Sign Program will interpret • Landmarks significant geologic features such as mountain peaks gram is mandatory prior to installation. The pro- with applicable FHWA safety standards. A maxi- and rivers. • Cultural resources gram will work in conjunction with “Watchable mum of four symbols will be used on each sign. • Museums Wildlife,” an organization that utilizes signage Written descriptions are required to accompany

and guide books to facilitate wildlife viewing ar- iconic symbols. The Design Guidelines, page 3.21, lists potential eas. Watchable Wildlife, an existing, separately run features to be interpreted and guidelines for icon program addresses signage for wildlife viewing. 1.10 development. SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Scenic Overlook or Viewpoint This sign type will be located prior to pull-offs, il- lustrating symbols and descriptions as well as the distance to the pull-off (see Illus. 2).

Signs will be post-mounted and use reflective graphics/lettering on a metal panel in accordance with applicable FHWA safety standards. A maximum of two symbols will be used on each sign. HOOVER DAM BOULDER CITY SPIRIT MOUNTAIN COLORADO RIVER RAILROAD Concise written descriptions are required to ac- (1) The statewide Place Name Sign Program uses a family of iconic symbols specific to Nevada to identify features such as railroads, historic buildings, and geo- company iconic symbols. graphical points of interest.

The Design Guidelines, page 3.21, lists potential features to be interpreted and guidelines for icon SCENIC development. VIEWPOINT 2 MILES

(2) Directional signs on state or county roads use a family (3) Signs for a scenic overlook or viewpoint use a maximum of iconic symbols along with a directional arrow. This type of two symbols along with the distance to the pull-off. of sign uses a maximum of four symbols.

1.11 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

ROAD SERVICES PROGRAM Roadside Pull-Off

Road services are an important component of any roadway corridor experience. They are even more critical in areas of Nevada where long distances separate developed areas. A complete description of road service facilities and their program components is provided in the Design Guidelines, pages 3.16-3.18. These service areas provide travelers (3) A roadside pull-off provides a safe place for motorists to stop and rest for brief periods. with designated spaces to rest, interpret history (1) The road services program utilizes shaded picnic areas, interpretive signage, and viewing platforms to and geography, and discover information about Complete Rest Area provide safe and comfortable rest areas and road pull- nearby activities and communities. offs along the corridor. Viewpoint and Point of Interest Two road service facilities of specific importance within the corridor include activity pull-offs and community rest areas. Activity pull-offs provide access to activities adjacent to the highway, and are located in areas where motorists commonly pull over to watch or participate in roadside activities. Providing structured parking improves the roadside safety and reduces disturbance to the fragile roadside vegetation.

Community rest areas are integrated within the (2) Significant road services facilities, such as welcome centers and gateway rest areas, should use desert town structure to serve residents and visitors. colors, materials, and plants in an architecturally Community rest areas function like a pocket park significant way to add visual interest and attract or town square, providing a central location for (5) Viewpoints and point of interest sites allow travelers to visitors. view unique natural or cultural features from a safe location visitors to learn more about local tourism oppor- off the highway. tunities, piquing their desire to further explore the community. Central locations or areas con- nected to community centers provide appropriate sites. Partnerships with towns, counties, or other organizations are required to site the facilities outside of the right-of-way. (4) A complete rest area includes separate parking areas for automobiles and trucks, rest room facilities and picnic areas.

1.12 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

ROAD SERVICES PROGRAM

Type Description Landscape Treatment Program Elements

ROADSIDE Roadside pull-offs provide facilities for drivers to exit the highway for a brief • Native Plant Revegetation to • Site-specific interpretive signage period. Facilities and minimal parking are provided to accommodate the Enhanced Native Softscape Types • No toilets or running water PULL-OFF • Trash containers abbreviated stay. (Referred to as “Rest Stop” under former NDOT naming con- • Standard Hardscape Type • Limited car and Recreational Vehicle parking ventions.) • Scenic overlooks • Located according to travelers’ needs and unique site features • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) VIEWPOINTS Viewpoints and points of interests present opportunities to view unique vistas, • Native Plant Revegetation to • Located according to travelers’ needs and unique site features geologic and historic features, or cultural landmarks. Interpretive elements are Enhanced Native Softscape Types • Site-specific interpretive signage AND POINTS • Toilets with running water only where available integrated into the site design, and Place Name Signage and Travel Information • Standard to Accentuated • Handicap accessible OF elements are provided to establish the relationship between highway and Hardscape Types • Picnic tables and shade structures • Trash containers INTEREST place. Typically, the length of stay is short and parking is limited. • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking • Telescopes/viewfinders • Nature walks or short trails • Seating Areas • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) BASIC REST Basic Rest Areas are located throughout the state offering site specific inter- • Enhanced Native Softscape Type • Located according to traveler’s needs • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking pretive information. They offer limited restroom facilities and may or may not • Standard to Accentuated and unique site features • Paved truck parking AREA • Site-specific interpretive signage • Nature walks or short trails include running water, depending on availability. Typically, these rest areas are Hardscape Types • Toilets with running water only • Seating Areas AND located adjacent to scenic views, unique historical, cultural or environmental where available • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) • Emergency call box • Local community information COMMUNITY features. Community rest areas provide facilities within the town’s infrastruc- • Handicap accessible ture and function as a pocket park or town square. • Picnic tables and shade structures REST AREA • Trash containers COMPLETE Complete Rest Areas are typically located at 60 mile intervals throughout the • Regionally Adapted Softscape Type • Regional interpretive signage • Recreational Vehicle dump station state and are usually situated outside of developed areas. They feature fully- • Focal Hardscape Type • Running water and flushing toilets • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking REST AREA • Emergency call box and telephones • Paved truck parking operable facilities in combination with interpretive information on regionally • Drinking fountains • Telescopes/viewfinders significant cultural and historical sites. Complete Rest Areas also provide trav- • Vending machine services • Interpretive and overlook features (at manned sites) • Children’s play area elers with picnic facilities and include children’s play areas and pet areas. • Handicap accessible • Pet rest facilities • Picnic tables and shade structures • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) • Trash containers • Local community information • Bicycle storage units

GATEWAY Gateway facilities convey first impressions and identity. Special features • Regionally Adapted Softscape Type Program elements are consistent with the type of Road Service Area provided. may be incorporated to highlight the area through design interpretation of • Landmark Hardscape Type REST AREA Specific elements include: the place. Gateways may be associated with any level of rest stop in the list- • Regional services information ing. The incorporation of local community information regarding amenities, • Interpretation of regional sites and features • Information on regional recreational attractions events and interpretative elements, improves the interface between the highway and the communities it serves.

WELCOME Welcome centers are located along major entry routes to the state. They offer • Regionally Adapted Softscape Type • Located at major entry routes to state • Trash containers introductions to the state and travelers can find access to useful travel infor- • Landmark Hardscape Type • Informational Services • Bicycle storage units CENTER • Staffed visitor center • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking mation. Welcome centers include a staffed information kiosk. • State-wide interpretive signage • Paved truck parking • Running water/flushing toilets • Improved trails • Emergency call box and telephones • Children’s play area • Drinking fountains • Pet rest facilities • Vending machine services • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) • Handicap accessible • Telescopes/viewfinders • Picnic areas and shade structures

1.13 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

NATIVE WILDFLOWER PROGRAM Post, Noonan, 2002). As part of the wildflower pro- OUTDOOR ADVERTISING gram, plants should be utilized that do not cre- Inspired by a vision of native plant species along ate a fire hazard or become overly attractive to Outdoor advertising, specifically billboards, pro- rights-of-way to enhance the beauty of the land, wildlife. vide businesses, community groups and other or- the FHWA has adopted two programs to promote ganizations with opportunities to inform travelers the use of naturally-occurring forbs and grasses INVASIVE AND NOXIOUS WEED CONTROL about various establishments and available servic- in a particular region, state, or ecosystem. The es. Billboards can, however, impact the highway’s Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Invasive species can have devastating effects on visual quality by obstructing views of scenic fea- Assistance Act (STURAA) of 1987 requires that at a landscape’s economic and environmental qual- tures and the natural landscape. As a result, com- least one-quarter of 1% of funds expended for any ity. Invasive species decrease diversity and can munity groups are committed to restricting new (1) A wildflower program advances the establishment Federal-aid highway system landscape project be out-compete native species. The Nevada State signage, and removing existing billboards from of visually striking displays that occur in the Mojave utilized for native wildflower plantings. The sec- Department of Agriculture maintains a list of areas adjacent to and within their communities. desert landscape. ond, voluntary program is “Operation Wildflower.” noxious weeds that should be contained through It promotes the use of native wildflowers through a revegetation program along the corridor. The Highway Beautification Act a cooperative relationship between the National The list can be referenced at the following site: The intent of the Highway Beautification Act (HBA) Council of State Garden Clubs and State highway www.agri.state.nv.us/nwac/nv_noxweeds.htm. of 1965 was to control billboard construction agencies. along Federal-aid highways and provide methods “Nevada’s Coordinated Invasive Weed Strategy”, for removal of billboards that do not conform to In addition, the FHWA recognizes that native forbs produced by the University of Nevada, also identi- state and local ordinances. Section C of this law and grasses can also provide: fies additional species that have the potential to limits signage visible from the road to only include negatively impact Nevada’s environmental quality. informational and directional signs pertaining to • Reduced maintenance requirements for es- NDOT’s continued coordination with the Nevada distinctive natural, scenic, or historic attractions; (2) Desert Marigold (Baileya multiradiata) is a common tablished native plants in comparison with Weed Action Committee provides an organized on-site real estate signs; on-site business signs; wildflower found throughout the Southern US 95 and non-native species effort for invasive and noxious weed control. landmark signs associated with historic, natural, US 93 corridor. • Reduced roadside fire hazards or artistic purposes; and “free coffee” signs pro- • Reduced use of herbicides when native Due to the frequency of invasive weeds along the plants are successfully established moted by non-profit organizations. corridor, control measures are necessary for any • Improved erosion control through drought- tolerant species new landscape design project. Abiding by the best Limitations • Improved relationship between the high- procedures and management practices for success- In the 40 years since the passage of the HBA, few way corridor and the regional character of ful revegetation is one suggested control method. non-conforming billboards have been removed the landscape Additional suggested procedures include: and many more have been constructed due to exclusions in the law. Enforcement is difficult The University of Nevada’s revegetation report • Tailoring revegetation procedures to spe- because Section G of the law requires cities and cific plant community types supports the use of forbs and grasses in highway counties to pay just compensation to owners for • Making recommendations for site and soil rights-of-way (refer to Technical Appendix pages billboard removal. Although the federal govern- preparation A.4-A.13). Forbs and grasses that are appropriate ment is required to contribute 75% of the com- • Including site appropriate revegetative to specific regions and ecosystems require “little practices pensation, many communities do not have the or no maintenance ... (and) create defensible space • Providing for adequate weed maintenance funds to pay the 25% requirement, and their abil- for wildfire along the highway corridors” (Tueller, to allow for revegetation establishment ity to use local land use controls to restrict con- 1.14 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

struction was removed. Additionally, the federal from the sign. This cost-prohibitive revision ren- government has stopped providing money for ders sign removal almost impossible. billboard removal (Brinton, 2001). Although control of outdoor advertising seems A second limitation within the HBA is the allow- daunting, there are regulations that provide re- ance for billboards to be constructed in areas strictions to billboard construction. NRS 405.050 zoned commercial and industrial, as well as in allows counties to deny permits for billboards unzoned areas with commercial or industrial uses. that may “measurably destroy the natural beau- The provision also acknowledges that the State has ty of the scenery or obscure a view of the road authority over the zoning laws. This entitlement ahead”. Additionally, the statutes give the NDOT allows the State to implement zoning regulations Director the authority to remove any sign that is

that effectively increase the difficulty of control- a traffic hazard. (1) The Corridor Plan aims to manage Nevada’s ling billboards. Communities may specifically zone highways for their inherent scenic quality and prevent the negative visual impacts often caused by an area along the highway as commercial, or the The Role of Local Government unregulated outdoor advertising. outdoor advertising structure may be built on a Cities and counties have the ability to regulate parcel that has an obscure commercial use. the location, and to a limited degree, the type of billboard erected within their jurisdiction. Al- The third provision allows designated scenic by- though a state must prove their jurisdictional ways to be segmented and excluded from fed- rights to control outdoor advertising on Indian eral control. An amendment to the HBA, passed Reservation Lands and have a written statement (2) Outdoor advertising can be framed by natural materials and landscaping and be built into the ground in order by Congress with the 1995 National Highway from the State Attorney General, local govern- to limit its scenic impact. System Designation Act, allows states to exclude ments may coordinate with the Bureau of Indian portions of a scenic byway that conflict with the Affairs to determine a course of action to limit state’s standards for denoting scenic byways and the negative visual impacts of billboards. Design utilize only local restrictions for billboard control. standards that address height, size, color, spac- As a result, areas of lower scenic quality become ing/frequency, and context are a valuable method more unattractive and reduce the overall scenic for directing outdoor advertising. For example, (3) When locating billboards, consider proximity to the road, distance between one to the next, height, and overall character of the byway. signs can be relocated if they block visual resourc- size in order to minimize negative visual impacts. es. Material choices and architectural detail can Nevada Statutes be improved to reduce the visual distinction be- Removing billboards in Nevada became more dif- tween the sign and the surrounding environment. ficult in 2001 due to the Nevada Revised Statute Communities can regulate the location of bill- (NRS) 278.0215. The regulation prohibits the use boards to reduce the scenic impact of billboards of amortization – a method used by many states and improve visual quality along the state’s high- – for sign removal. Rather than utilizing the tradi- ways. Important viewsheds and scenic corridors (4) Outdoor advertising should complement the adjacent environment while informing travelers of upcoming services. tional cost approach, it defines the methodology may be designated within the county, and land for determining “just compensation” to include use regulations can be developed that discourage property uniqueness as well as income generation or prohibit outdoor advertising.

1.15 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

NEVADA SCENIC BYWAYS DESIGNATION designation increases local awareness about the Division of State Parks, and the US Bureau of Land roadway, attracting volunteers who want to help Management reviews and suggests approval; how- Nevada’s Scenic Byways Program was established craft the story of the byway and share in making ever, it is the NDOT Director who makes the final in 1983. Since then, 21 Scenic Byways have been it a vital component of the community. designation. The Nevada Commission on Tourism designated. Three prominent byways are directly is responsible for the Local Tourism Route pro- accessed from the corridor, including Kyle Can- Opportunities for Partnerships gram. It reviews and approves all promotional ma- yon Road, SR 157; Mt. Charleston/Lee Canyon Rd, Scenic designation can promote and expand pub- terial to ensure that the “Scenic Byway” designa- SR 156; and Deer Creek Road, SR 158, see Figure 3 lic and private partnership opportunities. As an tion is not used for local tourist routes. on page 1.17. example, America’s Byways Resource Center can provide technical assistance and, together with Levels of Designations Available According to the FHWA, designating a roadway the FHWA, can provide seminars and workshops Two levels of Scenic Byway designation are avail- as “scenic” has several benefits. These benefits to further facilitate the partnering process. able: basic and advanced. Byways of both clas- include preservation, promotion, pride, partner- sifications are placed on state tourism maps, in ship, and the protection of scenic roadside vistas The Scenic Byway plan consists of federal, state, visitor information packages and in other Sce- and historic buildings. In addition, the Highway and local programs that provide assistance in nic Byway promotional materials. The state pre- (1) Federal scenic designation is limited to federal interstates and highways. Nevada’s Scenic Byways Beautification Act of 1965 prohibits the erection achieving scenic designation in Nevada. pares and distributes a brochure about the Byway. Program allows for state and local routes to be of new billboards along designated Scenic Byways Routes with an advanced designation are eligible identified and protected with Scenic Byway status, similar to those with federal designation. that are inter-state, a part of the National High- • The federal BLM Back Country Byways and for federal and state funds. Advanced designation U.S. Forest Service Scenic Byways plans way System, or federally-aided primary roads. requires a corridor management plan and a five focus on infrequently traveled paved, un- The National Highway Designation Act of 1995 paved and four-wheel drive roads that ac- year re-certification obligation. amends the law to allow segmentation of por- cess back country or wilderness areas tions of the byway, particularly if sections of the • The Nevada Scenic Byways Program focus- Interstate highways have not been included in roadway fail to meet the Scenic Byway criteria. es on year-round accessible roadways. The the state program primarily because encourag- The segments in question are then controlled by program identifies, promotes, and protects ing travel on non-interstate routes increases the the state’s most exceptional roadways. local regulations only, allowing new billboards to tourism economic base of rural communities. These byways must provide access to rec- be erected, subject to existing state or local con- reational areas or historic sites trols. Roadway scenic quality can also be regulat- • The Local Tourism Routes program allows Nevada Scenic Designation ed with scenic or conservation easements. These communities to promote special roadways The Director of NDOT may establish a “Scenic easements preserve landscape character and pro- and other modes of travel (like boat, bal- Designation” for any section of highway right-of- vide the participating entity with a one-time tax loon and train rides, bicycling or rafting way. The Corridor Plan recommends this occur in trips) that are not included under any other deduction equal to the foregone value of the use areas of high scenic quality to limit the number programs of the land. of billboards and signage obstructing views. The

three byways accessible from the corridor also (2) SR 159, or Red Rock Road, is one of Nevada’s 21 Local groups and agencies nominate and manage The Nevada Commission on Tourism and the create a scenic loop north of Las Vegas. Promo- state-designated Scenic Byways. scenic byways and local tourism routes. The des- FHWA are responsible for promoting Scenic By- tion and signage for the loop can be consolidated ignation “Scenic Byway” is reserved for routes ap- ways. To facilitate an integrated system, tourism- at a recreational gateway at SR 157. proved by NDOT. The State Scenic Byways Com- related facilities such as visitor centers, rest areas, mittee, comprised of representatives of NDOT, and the Place Name Sign Program should main- the Nevada Commission on Tourism, the Nevada tain coordinated informational materials. Scenic ANTI-LITTERING CAMPAIGN AND SIGNAGE 1.16 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

Figure 3 - Existing Nevada Scenic Byways near the Southern US 95 and US 93 Corridor

Cactus Springs Indian Springs

US 95

Clark County Nye County (1) Scenic Byway signage should include custom icons related to the place.

SR 156

SR 158 Las Vegas I-15 SR 157

SR 159

Lake Mead

Mt. Charleston / Lee Canyon Road Hoover Dam US 93 SR 157 Henderson Boulder Valley of Fire Deer Creek Road City

Kyle Canyon Road I-15 C

i US 95 US SR 165 v

e r Red Rock Road Nelson

Arizona Nevada

City of Las Vegas, Las Vegas Boulevard

SR 164 L a k Searchlight e

ohave

South Las Vegas Strip Cal Nev Ari North Las Vegas Strip

SR 163 Laughlin

LEGEND Existing Scenic Byway

1.17 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics

Fast food containers, bottles, trash bags, and rusty kitchen appliances found alongside the road are distracting and imply an attitude of general ne- glect and disregard for the environment. A statewide anti-littering campaign would represent a significant step towards maintaining and improving Nevada’s highways. The campaign should be advertised in such a way as to command the attention of residents and travelers. Similar to the “Don’t Mess with Texas” anti-littering campaign, this program could become a marketing show- piece for the state of Nevada. The program would be promoted through roadway signage, magazine advertisements, and bumper stickers.

Distribution of campaign materials would be focused at travel-oriented locations such as welcome centers, rest areas, and truck stops. Coupled (1) Trash within the right-of-way significantly impacts (3) Highway graphics and signage posted along the highway at key locations is proposed as part of the anti-littering program. the scenic quality of the entire Southern US 95 and US with promotional materials, a “Sponsor-A-High- 93 corridor. way” program would engage residents of Nevada, encouraging active participation in maintaining clean and beautiful highways. This plan recommends implementing an anti-littering campaign using highly visible signage, easily distributed collateral materials, and an active volunteer clean- up program.

(2) An edgy and provocative campaign against litter keeps the issue visible to travelers.

(4) (5) (6)

MAIN STREET APPROACH 1.18 SECTION TWO: Elements of Landscape and Aesthetics Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

and citywide main street programs. Revitalization sector reinvestment. Vibrant main streets are a critical component of programs funded largely by local sources are more all communities. Rural communities are especially likely to succeed than those relying solely on state Anyone can start a Main Street Program in their dependent upon vital commercial districts. Bisect- or federal funds. The Main Street Program offers community. The first step is to contact the state- ed and altered by the interstate highway system educational sessions related to facilitating local wide coordinating program for support, technical and suburban sprawl, main streets across America support and generating public and private part- assistance, training, networking, and encourage- have declined both economically and physically, nerships. Local involvement in, and coordination ment. Because Nevada does not currently have a to a point where they are no longer viable com- with, the program helps communities find solu- coordinating program, contact should be made munity centers. Vacant buildings and declining tions that work best for them. with the National Main Street Center in Washing- businesses often line the highway. In some areas, ton D.C. A self-initiated program may be created revitalized commercial districts indicate contin- The accomplishments of Main Street organiza- without a state program. The National Main Street ued community growth. tions are many: improving aesthetics and safety of Center provides contacts to assist in networking downtown areas, restoring historic buildings, and with other independent programs and nearby (1) The Main Street Approach was developed by the Main Street Approach, developed by the National revitalizing economic viability. The organization state programs. Communities are welcome to uti- National Trust for Historic Preservation and assists identifies potential economic niches, assists with lize principles and tools from the Main Street Ap- in revitalizing traditional business districts while Trust for Historic Preservation, assists in revital- preserving their unique history and character. izing the older, traditional business districts while promotional and fund-raising efforts, supports proach regardless of whether they qualify for the simultaneously preserving the history and char- joint marketing efforts among local businesses, program or wish to follow it exactly. The program acter of downtowns. The program combines “his- encourages and trains new business owners, and incorporates historic preservation with commu- toric preservation with economic development to finds grants for facade, streetscape, and landscap- nity revitalization. Communities like Goldfield, restore prosperity and vitality to downtowns and ing improvements. Reduced vacancy rates, and which was recently designated as a National His- neighborhood business districts.” renovation and restoration in the downtown are toric District, now qualify for more assistance a few examples of its results. through the program. Additional information can The Main Street Approach does not promote a be obtained by visiting the Main Street Program’s “quick fix.” It is a long-term, comprehensive strat- Physical improvements are quickly evident. website at www.mainstreet.org. egy designed to meet local needs and opportu- Long-term economic improvements may take nities. The strategy is based on a four-point ap- up to three years to accomplish. However, the proach that includes organization, promotion, program’s impact on communities nationwide is design, and economic restructuring. It is a vol- indisputably positive and long-lasting. Communi- unteer-based program that relies on community ties have experienced net gains in new business- support. Volunteers form the governing board and es and job generation, and a surge in local investment. Most importantly, community pride grows standing committees, and a paid program manag- (2) Simple enhancements like varied paving materials er coordinates and supports the operation. as personal involvement in the volunteer-driven and pedestrian-scaled lighting create a safe and program increases. friendly environment and help invigorate commercial districts. The National Main Street Center, or the local coordinating agency, provides assistance in the form As an example of the success of this program, of technical services, networking, training, and in- seven communities in rural Iowa participated formation. The Center can provide direct fee-for- in the program for ten years. On average, each service technical assistance to cities and towns, town renovated 97 downtown buildings, gained both independently and in conjunction with state 24 business starts, and saw $1.6 million in private 1.19 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION THREE: Background Inventory SECTION THREE: of place and quality of life that currently exists. Implications to the Southern US 95 The growth of Clark County will translate into and US 93 Corridor Background Inventory greater use of the existing highway corridor by Over the next 20 years, many anticipated changes both tourists and residents, creating a need for will likely influence the corridor. Since September both community-level and neighborhood-level 11, 2001, all truck traffic has been re-routed away SOCIAL RESOURCES aesthetic treatments. from Hoover Dam for national security reasons. The completion of the Hoover Dam Bypass bridge Community Settlement Patterns Land Ownership will allow truck traffic to return to US 93 through and Growth The State of Nevada contains the highest per- Boulder City. To combat increased traffic and the Urban Patterns centage of federal lands, almost 83%, among the overall growth of the region, the Boulder City By- Settlement patterns in the Southern US 95 and US (1) A wide-open vista greets travelers at the state contiguous 48 states (BLM, 2000). The Bureau of pass route is currently under design. Continued 93 corridor are characterized by small towns and border with California along US 95 as the road crests Land Management (BLM) controls the bulk of the growth and expansion in the Las Vegas Valley will the hill. This location should be considered for an iconic unincorporated communities that offer an alter- gateway feature to enhance the entry into the state. federal lands which include in-holdings of varying place additional pressure on outlying communi- native to the large and densely populated Las Ve- sizes owned by other public agencies and private ties and the existing highway corridor. Applying gas Valley. These communities range in size from landowners. In southern Nevada, this is true along the Landscape and Aesthetics program to these about 1,100 people in the town of Searchlight, to most of the Southern US 95 and US 93 corridor projects will connect the communities of south- approximately 15,000 in Boulder City. Much of except for private lands around municipalities ern Nevada with a consistent aesthetic approach the settlement of Clark County is tied to Native such as Boulder City and Indian Springs, Nation- to the roadway. American heritage, mining discoveries, and the al Park Service ownership at Lake Mead National gaming industry. Boulder City is unique because Recreation Area, and the Las Vegas Paiute Indian Travel and Tourism it was developed as a planned community during Reservation north of Las Vegas. Travel Patterns the construction of the Hoover Dam. Southern Nevada is world-renowned for the vol-

Land ownership affects both land use and the vi- ume and variety of tourism opportunities. The As the Las Vegas Valley and communities such (2) Searchlight reveals the difficulty of balancing the sual character of the landscape. Much of the ru- Nevada Commission on Tourism refers to the area needs of a highway and a community main street as Laughlin continue to grow rapidly, bedroom ral areas of the Nevada landscape maintain their around Las Vegas as the “Las Vegas Territory”, of- along the same stretch of road. communities will grow to meet the needs of new natural beauty by remaining under federal con- fering a variety of resorts and recreational ameni- residents and travelers. For example, Kyle Can- trol. Contributing to Nevada’s open landscape ties. The Las Vegas Territory generally includes the yon, north of Las Vegas, is a dense residential aesthetic is the predominance of low occupancy Las Vegas Metropolitan Area, I-15 Corridor, Boul- development centered around community trails, uses such as grazing, farming, material produc- der City, Hoover Dam, Searchlight, and Laughlin. open space, and outdoor recreation. Existing rural tion, and mining. In order to preserve rural char- communities such as Cal Nev Ari, Searchlight, and acter, existing and proposed developments must Overview of Existing Travel Facilities Indian Springs will likely see an increase in retail have a common vision, coordinated by all land- Highways play an important role in connecting and service industries to support the anticipated owners. NDOT’s jurisdictional influence over the people to their surroundings. Visitor centers, view growth. Boulder City’s proximity to the Las Vegas (3) The state-sponsored welcome center located on landscape only extends to the edge of the right- points, and community signage help travelers un- Nevada Highway in Boulder City often goes unnoticed. Valley exposes it to extreme growth pressure, A more powerful architectural statement and of-way; however, agreements with other public derstand the natural and cultural features that however, the town has taken steps to control the directional signage could help attract visitors. agencies make it possible for NDOT to develop make a place unique. The state highways could impacts. Residents approved a growth control a common vision that will shape visual character improve their role in promoting and facilitating ordinance limiting expansion to 3% per year. The and land use decisions for areas adjacent to the travel to key local, state, and national tourism goal of this ordinance is to preserve the sense roadway. destinations. For example, it is not easy for travel- 1.20 SECTION THREE: Background Inventory Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory ers to discern the fact that they are driving along Opportunities to Enhance Travel and Tourism The corridor crosses two of the state’s 14 hydro- a Death Valley-Manley historic trail or through the Southern Nevada’s history is rich with legends graphic regions: the Central Region and the Colo- oldest town in Nevada. Signage notifying drivers and unique spectacles that are prime interpretive rado River Basin. Nevada’s central hydrographic of upcoming viewpoints can be more consistent. opportunities for travelers. A more consistent region is the largest in the state, covering most Signs pointing to historic markers can be updated and regional program of signage could improve of central and eastern Nevada. It is primarily char- to provide proper direction to the marker, and the the visitor’s understanding of the region. Proper acterized by isolated basins that do not drain into sign color can be modified to minimize the impacts placement of signs is important for travelers to major river systems. Surface waters are chan- of fading. Enhancements should make markers find and process the information quickly. neled through a network of ephemeral streams easier to notice and give the driver advance warn- and washes into playas, where the water gradu- ing of turn-offs. Marker sites should be reviewed Travel and tourism facilities, such as rest areas, ally percolates into the water table. The Colorado as the surrounding development changes in order viewpoints, and information centers, can have the River Basin region, however, is unlike most of the to minimize signs in unattractive locations. dual responsibility of providing services for travel- other hydrographic regions in Nevada. Surface (1) New bypass construction near Hoover Dam and Lake Mead is an opportunity to provide enhanced ers while describing historical, cultural, entertain- runoff that flows into the Colorado River even- roadside services such as a welcome center and safe Travel and tourism facilities consist of rest areas ment, and environmental features in the region. tually travels out of the Great Basin, toward the viewpoint pull-offs. and information centers. These facilities can have Rest areas should be planned and designed in a Gulf of California. The Colorado River, at the east- the dual responsibility of providing traveler ser- consistent and comprehensive manner. Regional ernmost margin of the corridor forming the state vices and information regarding historical, cul- architecture that is sensitive to the desert envi- boundary between Nevada and Arizona, is the pri- tural, and environmental features in the region, ronment should be encouraged for all structures mary source of water for the Las Vegas Valley and as well as providing important information about and facilities. In addition, where landscape treat- surrounding areas. Lake Mead, likely the most vis- tourist destinations. Only a few highway services ments are implemented, drought tolerant plant ible body of water along the corridor, is a direct (such as formal rest areas, truck stops, and/or pull- materials are not only sensible, but essential to beneficiary of the Colorado River Basin system. outs) accommodate highway travelers along the their success. Adequate rest areas typically in- corridor. The existing facilities can be improved clude restrooms, picnic areas, pet exercise areas, Vegetation by taking full advantage of an area’s unique fea- paved parking areas, fresh drinking water, inter- Most of the land along the highway corridor is arid. tures and incorporating an enhanced overall de- pretive exhibits, and local area information. This area falls within the boundaries of the Mojave sign and architectural consistency. Desert, characterized by extreme variation in daily NATURAL RESOURCES temperature and an average annual precipitation Travel and tourism generate a large part of south- of less than five inches. The Mojave Desert serves (2) Expansive valleys bordered by north-south mountain ern Nevada’s transportation requirements and Topography and Surface Hydrology as the transition between the hot Sonoran Desert ranges are typical of this region of Nevada. Although it is classified as the Sonoran Desert section of the Basin the highways serve the important role of con- The landscape character of this region is domi- and the cooler, higher Great Basin. The segment and Range geologic province, the vegetation of the area necting people to their surroundings and destina- nated by alternating mountain ranges and valleys of US 95 south of Las Vegas is within the Sonoran is more consistent with the Mojave Desert. tions. Visitor centers, view points, and community typical of the rest of the Basin and Range physio- Desert section of the Basin and Range geologic signage help travelers understand the natural and graphic province. The Southern US 95 and US 93 province, however, the vegetation and landscape cultural features that make this place unique. Cur- corridor lies within the Mojave Desert and is char- characteristics of this area are more consistent rently, the state highway’s role in promoting and acterized by wide valleys, bordered by arid north- with the Mojave Desert. Elevation changes influ- facilitating travel to key local, state, and national south mountain ranges. The mountain ranges ence the occurrence of plant communities where tourism destinations is minimal. typically exhibit weathered and exposed bedrock Blackbrush/Joshua Tree sites occur at higher ele- at higher elevations. vations and the Southern Desert Shrub sites occur on the valley floors. Blackbrush/Joshua Tree areas 1.21 Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory SECTION THREE: Background Inventory

may also include Spanish Bayonet and an under- tend across the valley and cross the highway ex- life habitats, lakes and playas, and riparian systems. story of Desert Needle Grass. Southern Desert ist north of Searchlight and east of Indian Springs. Additional data obtained from the BLM identifies Shrub sites are the most prevalent landscape type Another area with high levels of bighorn sheep unique features of significant influence that are and include plants adapted to very hot and dry movement is near Boulder City and US 93 toward visible from the highway and include: Sand Dunes, conditions such as Creosote and Bursage. Hoover Dam. A portion of the wildlife corridor runs Wildlife Refuges, National Conservation Areas, parallel to the highway and has resulted in docu- and ACEC. The BLM uses the ACEC designation to Understanding these different vegetation com- mented accidents involving collisions with sheep. preserve areas with unique biological, geologi- munity types is critical, particularly during cal, historical, or scenic features. The boundaries revegetation activities associated with high- ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS shown are taken from the BLM database. way improvement projects. Each community (1) Wildlife crossings should be incorporated along the Boulder City Bypass to allow for bighorn sheep and has unique soil and hydrologic characteristics Mapping of Environmental Features Wilderness areas and ACEC are specially desig- other wildlife to migrate safely between habitat areas. that must be considered to ensure successful The landscape of northern Nevada has many nated areas that should be carefully considered revegetation. special environmental features, including plant with all highway construction projects. Stands of communities, rivers, lakes, playas, wildlife, rock Joshua trees are unique plant communities that Wildlife Habitat and Migration outcroppings, cliffs, and mountain ranges. These should also be considered. Stands visible from the Nevada is home to a large variety of wildlife. Be- resources provide opportunities to create view- highway were mapped. cause much of rural Nevada is under federal own- points, preserve natural systems, and enhance ership, it is open and undeveloped, and provides wildlife movement corridors. The following fea- excellent wildlife habitat for a number of species. tures are representative of potential opportuni- Specially designated areas have been established ties to preserve or enhance the traveler’s under- to protect and preserve the ecological, natural, and standing of the environmental resource or feature cultural resources of specified areas. The South from the highway: McCullough Wilderness Area, North McCullough Wilderness Area, Sloan Canyon National Conser- • Bighorn sheep herd viewing at Hemenway vation Area, and El Dorado Wilderness Area are Park in Boulder City within close proximity to this corridor. Another • Joshua tree forests outside of Searchlight offer visual contrast to the common Creo- important feature is an Area of Critical Environ- sote-Bursage vegetation type mental Concern (ACEC) located in the Eldorado • The River Canyon and Black Mountains Valley. This area, designated by the BLM, was cre- surrounding Lake Mead provide visual ated to protect critical desert tortoise habitat. interest outside of Boulder City to the Hoover Dam Bighorn sheep are a species of high concern with- • Long, distant views into the Eldorado Val- in the Southern US 95 and US 93 Corridor. In order ley and surrounding ranges from US 95 / US 93 intersection to avoid predation, bighorn sheep inhabit rugged, steep terrain segmented by intermittent canyons and washes. The sheep also require access to open To assess the environmental features, data was water during summer months, and in drought gathered from a variety of sources and analyzed conditions may search for water throughout the according to its relationship to the corridor high- year. Bighorn sheep movement corridors that ex- ways. Data included in the analysis includes wild- 1.22 SCALE: 1inchequals3miles 0 5 S 1.5 outhern 6 WILDLIFE CORRIDORS Area ofCriticalEnvironmentalConcern National ConservationArea Nevada WildernessArea Wildlife ManagementArea Desert NationalWildlifeRefuge Sand Dunes Playas Lakes Streams /Rivers Railroads (historic) Railroads Local Roads Highways /StateRoutes Interstates Mile Markers Southern US95and93Corridorwith LEGEND Elk Antelope Bighorn Sheep from theHighway Joshua TreePlantCommunitiesVisible 3 U S UN

LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING 95 and 6 LV NORTH U

SR 164 S HISTORIC

landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan

California Nevada

CRITICAL TORTOISE HABITAT / SR 164 SR PAIUTE-ELDORADO VALLEY 21 22 Cal NevAri 20 19 18 Searchlight 17 16 15 14 CONTINUE ONMAP EC2 13 12

1 10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS 95 US 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TOSEARCHLIGHT

SR 164

r r

ountains SR 163 SR Lake Mohave

CONSULTANT TEAM

CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP Nevada SR 162 SR

Laughlin Arizona

R i v e r 1.23 MAP EC1 ROCK ART CONTINUE ON MAP EC3 50 SITE E

o 49 SLOAN CANYON r NATIONAL CONSER- a d

VATION AREA 48 o

Mount

46 ains

E l d 43 C o M o r a l c o C d 42 u r l o a

lo Valley d ugh Ran River o 41

US 95 40

ge 39 Nelson LEGEND 38ROCK ART SR 165 SITE 5 6 Southern US 95 and US 93 Corridor with Mile Markers 37 Interstates Highways / State Routes 36 Local Roads Railroads 35 Railroads (historic) 34 Streams / Rivers Lakes 33 Playas 32 Sand Dunes Joshua Tree Plant Communities Visible 31 from the Highway Desert National Wildlife Refuge 30 Wildlife Management Area

29 Nevada Wilderness Area

National Conservation Area 28 Arizona Nevada Area of Critical Environmental Concern

27 WILDLIFE CORRIDORS Bighorn Sheep 26 Nevada Antelope CRITICAL TORTOISE HABITAT / California PAIUTE-ELDORADO VALLEY 25 Elk

23 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH 22 CONTINUE ON MAP EC1 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios EC2 JW Zunino & Associates ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS 1.24 PLACES SEARCHLIGHT TO ELDORADO VALLEY UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM S HISTORIC

SITE

outhern US 95 US U S UN VEGAS LAS

LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING 95 and LV U S

93 Paradise landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan ROCK ART SITE

I - 15

las vegas north

I - 515 515 - I

/ US 95 95 US / / US 93 93 US / CONTINUE ONMAP EC2

I - 215 SLOAN CANYONNATIONAL CONSERVATION AREA cCullough Ran

M ge EAST LASVEGAS

SR 582 SR US 95 US GEOLOGIC /SCENIC 63 62 henderson 61 60

US 95 59 50 SR 564 58 51 52 53 RESOURCE Alunite 57 SCENIC 54 55 56 1 1

CONTINUE ONMAP EC4 R

US 93 v

10 e r

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS untains

l d

o r a d

o Valley 9

Buchanan Blvd Buchanan 8 Lakeside Road Lakeside 7 6 city boulder 5 Lake Mead 4 ELDORADO VALLEY TO HOOVER DAM 3

Nevada

E l d o

r a d

o Mount ains 1 Arizona

Hoover Dam FUTURE BOULDER CITY BYPASSFUTURE BOULDERCITY

l o

o River SCALE: 1inchequals3miles CONSULTANT TEAM 0 5 CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP 1.5 6 WILDLIFE CORRIDORS Elk Antelope Bighorn Sheep Area ofCriticalEnvironmentalConcern National ConservationArea Nevada WildernessArea Wildlife ManagementArea Desert NationalWildlifeRefuge from theHighway Joshua TreePlantCommunitiesVisible Sand Dunes Playas Lakes Streams /Rivers Railroads (historic) Railroads Local Roads Highways /StateRoutes Interstates Mile Markers Southern US95and93Corridorwith LEGEND 3 6 NORTH 1.25 MAP EC3 Ranger Mountains

Range lley d e t t o p S DESERT NATIONAL rings Va p WILDLIFE REFUGE S n ia 132 Cactus Springs 120 123 122 121 119 118 d r Range 131 124 n e 130 125 I t 129 128 127 126 Indian Springs 117 a

Clark County Nye County w 116 t in 115 P 114 113 112

111

US 95 110

109

108

idge 107 R n 106 LEGEND ia d 5 6 n 105 L Southern US 95 and US 93 Corridor with I a Mile Markers s 104 V Interstates e g Highways / State Routes 103 a s Valley Local Roads Railroads 102 Railroads (historic) SR 156 101 nyon Streams / Rivers Ca e 100 Lakes Le Playas 99

Sand Dunes 98 Joshua Tree Plant Communities Visible from the Highway 97 Desert National Wildlife Refuge 96 Wildlife Management Area RED ROCK CANYON NATIONAL 95 Nevada Wilderness Area CONSERVATION AREA 94 National Conservation Area 93 Area of Critical Environmental Concern 92

WILDLIFE CORRIDORS Bighorn Sheep Antelope SR 157 Elk I - 215

Kyle Canyon

I - 215 - I LAS 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles CONTINUE ON MAP EC3 VEGAS MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios EC4 JW Zunino & Associates ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS 1.26 PLACES KYLE CANYON TO CLARK COUNTY LINE UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM SECTION THREE: Background Inventory Chapter One — Corridor Management and Background Inventory

VISUAL RESOURCES Middleground Zones Visual Analysis Viewers can perceive details such as forms, lines, A visual analysis was conducted along the corri- Viewsheds and Distance Zones and colors in masses located from one-quarter dor to evaluate the viewsheds and rank them rela- Viewsheds refer to all the areas that are visible mile to three miles away. tive to their scenic quality. Scenic features were from a section of highway. Similar to the bound- identified and highly visible landforms, such as aries of a watershed, the boundaries of viewsheds Background Zones mountain ranges and exposed cliffs, were located. are usually high points in the landscape, such as Background is the area beyond the middleground, Verified with site visits, the areas of highest sce- ridges and hills. Viewsheds are determined by an- extending to the horizon or limit of the area that nic value include: alyzing digital elevation models in a Geographic is seen. For this Corridor Plan the background ex- Information System (GIS) program. All areas that tends up to 25 miles from the centerline of the • The Eldorado Valley bordered by the (1) Views of Eldorado Valley and the distant mountain are visible from the highway are combined to cre- highway. Viewers can perceive broad forms, lines, McCullough Range, Highland Range, and ranges were identified as having some of the highest Eldorado Mountains along US 95. The con- scenic quality in the corridor and should be managed wide valleys, distant hills, and mountains. ate the viewshed. trast between the valley floor and distant for scenic preservation. mountain backdrop has a striking visual Areas within a viewshed are perceived by drivers Viewshed and Distance Zones Mapping depth. with varying levels of detail. The detail that a driver Viewsheds and Distance Zones along the corridor • Views to Lake Mead and the surrounding perceives is related to the distance between the are shown on the maps beginning on page 1.28. This River and Black Mountains from US 93 near driver and the feature being observed. Distance analysis sets the foundation for visual quality man- Boulder City zones, including foreground zones, middleground agement along the corridor. Darker shading denotes • The visual contrast between the Hoover Dam and Black Mountains zones and background zones, define the traveler’s an area that can be seen most often from points on • The architecture of the Hoover Dam at the the highway. These areas usually coincide with land- viewing distances. Distance zones are delineated Nevada-Arizona state line scapes of high visual quality and scenic values such through a process developed by the USFS that re- • The view of the entire Las Vegas Valley lates the detail and importance of distance to the as mountain ranges. Management of these areas that becomes visible at approximately mile driver on the highway. Identifying the portions of through multi-jurisdictional cooperation can protect marker 57 along US 95 at Railroad Pass. them from billboards and other land uses that ob- (2) The scenic value of Lake Mead along US 93 should a viewshed that are most frequently seen helps de- • Views of the Spring Mountains along US 95 be promoted through a series of viewpoints. termine what portions of the landscape are most struct views and detract from the travel experience. from the Clark County line to the Las Vegas Valley. Area of landscape seen Area of landscape seen critical to establishing the highway’s visual charac- from one viewpoint. from two viewpoints. ter and what areas are most sensitive to change. Scenic Resources • Views of Mt. Charleston near SR157 outside of the Las Vegas Valley The Southern US 95 and US 93 corridor offers Foreground Zones some of the most scenic views found in the state. Viewers can perceive details such as forms, lines Depending on the sequence of travel, views range and colors up to one-quarter mile away. Changes to from rugged cliffs in close proximity, wide-open spans of arid land bordered by mountain back- the landscape are most significant within the fore- Area of landscape Viewpoint located seen from multiple ground view because they are immediate to the drops, and rural small towns, to engineering mar- along the highway. viewpoints. viewpoint. This zone can be most easily manipulat- vels such as the Hoover Dam. The combination of (3) This illustration describes the concept of a viewshed ed through the Landscape and Aesthetic Program, in scenic and contrasting landscapes provides visi- and how a viewshed analysis is conducted. part because it includes the highway right-of-way. tors with a memorable impression and applies a strong sense of identity to the southern corridor.

1.27 CONTINUE ON MAP VS2

SR 164 22 SR 164 SR 164 21 Searchlight 20

18 Lake Mohave

14 Arizona Nevada

US 95 N e 13 w b e Nevada r 12 r y

California M 11 ountains

10 Cal Nev Ari LEGEND 9 5 6 C Southern US 95 and US 93 Corridor with o

8 l Mile Markers o

r Interstates a Highways / State Routes 7 d o

Major Roads R i 6 v Railroads e Railroads (historic) r 5 BLM Public Lands Disposal Boundary City Boundary 4 Streams / Rivers Lakes 3 Playas VIEWSHEDS 2 FOREGROUND DISTANCE ZONE 1

SR 162 MIDDLEGROUND DISTANCE ZONE

0 SR 163 Laughlin AREAS NOT VISIBLE FROM THE HIGHWAY

VISIBLE FROM ONE TO SEVERAL POINTS ALONG THE HIGHWAY

VISIBLE FROM MULTIPLE POINTS ALONG THE HIGHWAY

VISIBLE FROM LARGE PORTIONS OF THE HIGHWAY

0 1.5 3 6 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios VS1 JW Zunino & Associates VIEWSHEDS 1.28 PLACES CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TO SEARCHLIGHT UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM

California Nevada S outhern U Erie S UN

LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING 95 and

U l l o

ugh Ran ugh S ge

93 landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan

CONTINUE ONMAP VS3

a d o Valley 38 36 37 39 35

41 US 95 US 42 34 43 44 45 33 46 47 48 49 32 50 31 22 30 29 23 24 25 28 26 27 CONTINUE ONMAP VS1 Nelson

SEARCHLIGHT TOELDORADO VALLEY Boulder City Limits

l d o r a d o Mount ains SR 165

VIEWSHEDS

l o

r a d o River o

Nevada Arizona SCALE: 1inchequals3miles CONSULTANT TEAM 0 5 CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP 1.5 6 LEGEND VIEWSHEDS Playas Lakes Streams /Rivers City Boundary BLM PublicLandsDisposalBoundary Railroads (historic) Railroads Major Roads Highways /StateRoutes Interstates Mile Markers Southern US95and93Corridorwith THE HIGHWAY VISIBLE FROMLARGEPORTIONSOF ALONG THEHIGHWAY VISIBLE FROMMULTIPLEPOINTS ALONG THEHIGHWAY VISIBLE AREAS NOTVISIBLEFROMTHEHIGHWAY MIDDLEGROUND DISTANCEZONE FOREGROUND DISTANCEZONE 3 FROM ONE TO SEVERAL POINTS 6 NORTH 1.29 MAP VS2 CONTINUE ON MAP VS4

US 95

I - 15

north las vegas LAS VEGAS

SR 582

Lakeside Road Lake Mead Paradise EAST LAS VEGAS SR 564 LEGEND I - 515 5 6 Southern US 95 and US 93 Corridor with Mile Markers / US 95 Interstates Highways / State Routes

/ US 93 Major Roads R Railroads iv henderson e r Railroads (historic) M BLM Public Lands Disposal Boundary 63 o untains 1 I - 215 2 Hoover Dam City Boundary 4 3 Arizona 62 5 Nevada Streams / Rivers

61 60 Lakes 6 Playas US 95 59 7 58 VIEWSHEDS 8 boulder FOREGROUND DISTANCE ZONE Alunite 9 57 11 10 Buchanan Blvd city MIDDLEGROUND DISTANCE ZONE 56 US 93

AREAS NOT VISIBLE FROM THE HIGHWAY 55

ge E

l VISIBLE FROM ONE TO SEVERAL POINTS d ALONG THE HIGHWAY 54 o

r a VISIBLE FROM MULTIPLE POINTS 53 d C ALONG THE HIGHWAY o ugh Ran E o

Mount

o l lo

l d VISIBLE FROM LARGE PORTIONS OF l 52 o ra

u ra d THE HIGHWAY

C d o c o US 95 River

51 Valley M ains

0 1.5 3 6 NORTH

City Limits City Boulder City Boulder CONTINUE ON MAP VS2 50 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios VS3 JW Zunino & Associates VIEWSHEDS 1.30 PLACES ELDORADO VALLEY TO HOOVER DAM UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM SCALE: 1inchequals3miles 0 5 S 1.5 outhern 6 LEGEND VIEWSHEDS Playas Lakes Streams /Rivers City Boundary BLM PublicLandsDisposalBoundary Railroads (historic) Railroads Major Roads Highways /StateRoutes Interstates Mile Markers Southern US95and93Corridorwith THE HIGHWAY VISIBLE FROMLARGEPORTIONSOF ALONG THEHIGHWAY VISIBLE FROMMULTIPLEPOINTS ALONG THEHIGHWAY VISIBLE AREAS NOTVISIBLEFROMTHEHIGHWAY MIDDLEGROUND DISTANCEZONE FOREGROUND DISTANCEZONE

3 Nye County Nye

132

FROM ONE TO SEVERAL POINTS Clark County Clark

U R

131 a

S n

UN g

LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING

130

95 and

M 6 129 ountain LV NORTH 128 U

s 127 S

93 126 landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan Cactus Springs 125 124 123 Indian Springs 122 121 120 119 In di

a 118 n Ridge 117 S po 116 tte d Range 115 114

L 113 e e

112 a 95 US nyon 111 1 10 SR 156 109 CONTINUE ONMAP VS3 In

108 d ian Sp

107 rings Va lley 106

y KYLE CANYON TOCLARKCOUNTY LINE l 105 e

anyon 104 Pi 103 n tw

102 a te

101 r Range 100 99 SR 157 98

96 V VIEWSHEDS e

g a s Valley s 95

I - 215 94 93 VEGAS LAS 92

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP 1.31 MAP

VS4 I - 215 - I CONTINUE ON MAP VA2

SR 164 22 SR 164 SR 164 21 Searchlight 20

18 Lake Mohave

14 Arizona Nevada

US 95 N e 13 w b e Nevada r 12 r y

California M 11 ountains

10 Cal Nev Ari 9

o LEGEND 8 l o 5 6 Southern US 95 and US 93 Corridor with r a Mile Markers 7 d Interstates o

Highways / State Routes i 6 v Major Roads e r Railroads 5 Railroads (historic) BLM Public Lands Disposal Boundary 4 City Boundary Streams / Rivers 3 Lakes 2 Playas

VIEWSHEDS 1

SR 162 HIGHLY VISIBLE LANDFORMS 0 SR 163 Laughlin AREAS NOT VISIBLE FROM THE HIGHWAY

MODERATE VISUAL QUALITY

HIGH VISUAL QUALITY

HIGHEST VISUAL QUALITY

0 1.5 3 6 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios VA1 JW Zunino & Associates VISUAL ANALYSIS 1.32 PLACES CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TO SEARCHLIGHT UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM

California Nevada S outhern U Erie S UN

LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING 95 and

U l l o

ugh Ran ugh S ge

93 landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan

CONTINUE ONMAP VA3

a d o Valley 38 36 37 39 35

41 US 95 US 42 34 43 44 45 33 46 47 48 49 32 50 31 22 30 29 23 24 25 28 26 27 CONTINUE ONMAP VA1 Nelson

SEARCHLIGHT TOELDORADO VALLEY Boulder City Limits

l d o r a d o Mount ains VISUAL ANALYSIS

SR 165

l o

r a d o River o

Nevada Arizona SCALE: 1inchequals3miles CONSULTANT TEAM 0 5 CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP 1.5 6 VIEWSHEDS LEGEND HIGHEST VISUALQUALITY HIGH VISUALQUALITY MODERATE VISUALQUALITY AREAS NOTVISIBLEFROMTHEHIGHWAY HIGHLY VISIBLELANDFORMS Playas Lakes Streams /Rivers Railroads (historic) Railroads Major Roads Highways /StateRoutes Interstates BLM PublicLandsDisposalBoundary City Boundary Mile Markers Southern US95and93Corridorwith 3 6 NORTH 1.33 MAP VA2 CONTINUE ON MAP VA4

US 95

I - 15

north las vegas LAS VEGAS

SR 582

Lakeside Road Lake Mead Paradise EAST LAS VEGAS SR 564 I - 515 LEGEND

/ US 95 5 6 Southern US 95 and US 93 Corridor with Mile Markers Interstates / US 93 Highways / State Routes R iv Major Roads henderson e r M Railroads 63 o Railroads (historic) untains 1 I - 215 2 Hoover Dam 4 3 Arizona BLM Public Lands Disposal Boundary 62 5 Nevada City Boundary 61 60 6 Streams / Rivers US 95 59 Lakes 7 58 Playas 8 boulder Alunite 9 57 11 10 Buchanan Blvd city VIEWSHEDS HIGHLY VISIBLE LANDFORMS 56 US 93

AREAS NOT VISIBLE FROM THE HIGHWAY 55

ge E

l d MODERATE VISUAL QUALITY 54 o

53 d C HIGH VISUAL QUALITY

o ugh Ran E o

Mount

o l lo l d

l r 52 o a HIGHEST VISUAL QUALITY

u ra d

C d o c o US 95 River

51 Valley M ains

0 1.5 3 6 NORTH

City Limits City Boulder City Boulder CONTINUE ON MAP VA2 50 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios VA3 JW Zunino & Associates VISUAL ANALYSIS 1.34 PLACES ELDORADO VALLEY TO HOOVER DAM UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM SCALE: 1inchequals3miles 0 5 S 1.5 outhern 6 VIEWSHEDS LEGEND HIGHEST VISUALQUALITY HIGH VISUALQUALITY MODERATE VISUALQUALITY AREAS NOTVISIBLEFROMTHEHIGHWAY HIGHLY VISIBLELANDFORMS Playas Lakes Streams /Rivers Railroads (historic) Railroads Major Roads Highways /StateRoutes Interstates BLM PublicLandsDisposalBoundary City Boundary Mile Markers Southern US95and93Corridorwith

Nye County Nye

132 Clark County Clark

U R

131

a n

S g UN

LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING

130 e

95 and

M 6 129 ountain LV NORTH 128 U

s 127 S

93 126 landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan Cactus Springs 125 124 123 Indian Springs 122 121 120 119 In di

a 118 n Ridge 117 S po 116 tte d Range 115 114 113 L e e

112 C 95 US a nyon 111 1 10 SR 156 109 CONTINUE ONMAP VA3 In

108 d ian Sp

107 rings Va lley 106

KYLE CANYON TOCLARK COUNTY LINE l 105 e

anyon 104 Pi 103 n tw

102 a te

101 r Range 100 VISUAL ANALYSIS 99 SR 157 98

96 V e

g a s Valley s 95

I - 215 94 93 VEGAS LAS 92

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP 1.35 MAP

VA4 I - 215 - I Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Landscape Design Segments

TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION ONE: Highway Zones ...... 2.4 SECTION TWO: Mountain Desert Vista ...... 2.12 SECTION THREE: Destiny of the West ...... 2.22 SECTION FOUR: Mojave Desert Vista ...... 2.32

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

Introduction Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

INTRODUCTION ume of travel, and the type of access. Each classifi- face zone. Within this zone, traffic-calming tech- COMPREHENSIVE DESIGN CONCEPT cation may be further divided into highway zones. niques are appropriate and pedestrian needs domi- This chapter establishes the design direction for These categories establish program elements and nate. As communities develop and adjacent land The corridor design concept can be highway landscape and aesthetics. The chapter goals that should always be considered when ad- uses change, the highway zone associated with the articulated for both rural and urban is organized into four sections. The first section dressing projects located along roads with similar new land use and development can be updated. Fig- segments. In rural or predominately describes program elements that relate to the characteristics (downtowns, transition areas, etc.). ures 7, 8, and 13 illustrate the type of development undeveloped areas, the highway should highway type under consideration and its sur- and goals associated with each highway zone. blend into the natural landscape. The rounding land uses. Sections Two through Four For example, a low-speed road that travels through presence of the road is muted by design describe the design objectives associated with a downtown area is considered a community inter- interpretations of naturally occurring each landscape design segment and its theme. patterns of geology, vegetation, and soils. These design objectives clarify how the program The successful emulation of these patterns elements should look. Figure 4 - Corridor Organizing Elements. results in a landscape environment that GENERAL* avoids the distinct separation between Figure 4 illustrates the two main categories used HIGHWAY TYPES HIGHWAY ZONES/ road and land that often characterizes to organize highways as they relate to landscape DESIGN OBJECTIVES rural highways. and aesthetics. Information derived from both cat- URBAN FREEWAYS High-speed, high-volume, controlled access egories is analyzed to design both the functional roads. Includes elevated highways and COMMUNITY BACKGROUND In urban areas, the perception of aspects and physical form of highway facilities. some bypasses. community character is often shaped by a highway’s design and its features. General Highway Categories consider factors such CITY STREETS COMMUNITY INTERFACE This is especially evident when a highway Lower-speed, high-volume roads that pass also serves as a community’s main street. as the road type, speed and volume of travel, type COMMUNITY TRANSITION through a community with the potential for many Creating a coherent visual environment of access, and the densities of adjacent land use. different adjacent land uses. MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER that builds unity in the community fabric is • Goals associated with the general catego- key to the success of the highway system. ries represent planning and design ideas RURAL HIGHWAYS PRESERVE LANDSCAPE CHARACTER The highway should consist of a range of that should always be considered for roads High-speed, lower-volume roads with very low- landscape treatments that focus attention with similar functions density residential, agricultural, or open space as adjacent land uses. SCENIC DESIGNATION on important places, reveal community

character and information, and blend the Context-Sensitive Categories consider place spe- CONTEXT-SENSITIVE** roadway with surrounding uses. cific features – environment, culture, and history. THEME • Goals describe how general design objec- LANDSCAPE DESIGN DESIGN OBJECTIVES tives should look SEGMENT SPECIFIC FEATURES Section One: Highway Zones DESIGN INTERPRETATION The Master Plan organizes road systems into dif- * General: Includes design goals and objectives that should always be considered during the design of a project as it relates ferent highway types: urban freeways, city streets, to the types of surrounding land uses, development, and street patterns regardless of the landscape design segment in which they are located. and rural highways. Highway types are categorized ** Context-sensitive: Includes themes, design goals and objectives, and projects that relate specifically to the landscape design according to the type of road, the speed and vol- segment in which they are located. The context-sensitive design objectives should be considered in addition to the general goals and objectives. 2.1 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments Introduction

Using the Landscape Design Segments �� SECTION TWO: Mountain Desert Vista Theme and Design Interpretation Sections Two through Four: Design Interpretation Interpretation of a segment’s design themes occurs during individual project design. The corridor plan establishes the direction for project level de- The theme describes the vision for the segment in terms Landscape design segments provide an orga- sign. Examples illustrate forms and materials that could be used to accom- Landscape Design Segments plish the stated design objectives. of how the highway should appear. Images that depict nizational tool for applying design concepts how the theme may be interpreted and applied through individual project design are provided. The last three sections describe the design ob- along the highway. After understanding the jectives, theme, and specific features associat- project components that may be applied within

(1) Much of the Mountain Desert Vista segment requires a native revegetation treatment (2), (3) Road service facilities that use native desert materials (4) The natural history of the region is a story that can be interpreted on highway ed with each landscape design segment. Land- each highway zone (community interface, man- to restore disturbed areas to their natural state. and colors blend well into the existing desert landscape. design elements. scape design segments organize the highway aged landscape character, etc.), it is important into areas of similar character based upon ele- to understand the theme and design objectives ments such as topography, plant communities, of the segment. These elements describe how (5) The preservation and presentation of scenic desert landscapes is an importand objective of the Mountain Desert Vista corridor. Road services facilities can be (6) Simple structural forms, earth-toned color palettes, and visually transparent rail designed to frame views and heighten the travelers’ awareness of these fragile and beautiful landscapes. designs help preserve the scenic character of the corridor.

and community development. Segments set the features should look. Design interpretation 2.20 the major design theme and provide a unifying images provide physical examples of potential

CONTINUE ON MAP 1D projects. Supporting maps, sections, aerial pho- 28 design concept that is interpreted during in- DESERT TORTOISE HABITAT � (ENTIRE SEGMENT) 27 SCENIC PRESERVATION Specific Features � (ENTIRE SEGMENT) 26 HIGHWAY MAINTENANCE � MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA dividual project design. Figure 5 describes the tos, and imagery illustrate the design objec- (ENTIRE SEGMENT) 25 LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Potential projects and improvements are identified within 24

22 the segment. Projects are grouped into six opportunity �� tives and appropriate application throughout �� Searchlight way in which landscape design segments are 21 COMMUNITY AND � RECREATIONAL GATEWAYS SR 164 to Lake Mohave & LEGEND 20 categories: community, travel and tourism, planting, CULTURAL AWARENESS OF � Lake Mead Natl. Rec. Area COMMUNITY OPPORTUNITIES WALKING BOX RANCH 19 1. Statewide gateway IMPROVEMENTS TO HIGHWAY 2. Community gateway � AND COMMUNITY INTERFACE the corridor. 3. Pedestrian linkage & circulation 18 Lake Mohave natural resource and wildlife, views and landmark, and used to develop context sensitive designs. 4. Bike & multi-use trail linkage VIEWPOINT OF HISTORIC � 5. Highway archaeology, cultural, or historic MINING DISTRICT 17 awareness POINT OF INTEREST FOR SPIRIT MOJAVE DESERT PRESERVE � 6. Highway & community compatibility � MOUNTAIN, GRAPEVINE improvement GATEWAY 16 CANYON, AND CHRISTMAS TREE 7. Partnerships & resource leveraging roadway practices and structures. INFORMATIONAL SIGNAGE � PASS 15 CULTURAL SIGNIFICANCE OF TRAVEL & TOURISM OPPORTUNITIES � 1. Road Services Program SPIRIT MOUNTAIN AREA 2. Viewpoints & points of interest 14 Arizona Nevada 3. Travel information program �� N INTERPRETIVE SIGNAGE FOR e � 4. Highway art 13 w SPIRIT MOUNTAIN AREA 5. Community Rest Area b Nevada e r 12 r NATURAL RESOURCE & WILDLIFE y California OPPORTUNITIES M The segments designated for the Southern o 1. Environmental resources preservation 11 Because landscape design segments relate to u 2. Wildlife movement enhancement n 3. Water resources enhancement t 10 a 4. Rare, unique, or special natural resource i n Glendale enhancement Cal Nev Ari s 9 �� VIEWS & LANDMARK OPPORTUNITIES C 1. Highway scenic preservation o 8 SPIRIT l Corridor include the Mountain Desert Vista, 2. Highway scenic improvement o MOUNTAIN place and community character, design objectives r WILDERNESS a Cactus Springs ROADWAY PRACTICES & STRUCTURE 7 d AREA o OPPORTUNITIES Indian Springs R 1. Sound protection or acoustic wall i 6 v 2. Bridge & structure aesthetic e 120 I - 15 3. Information & directional signage r 130 125 5 SR 163 to Laughlin 115 4. Highway maintenance practices Destiny of the West, and Mojave Desert Vista Note: Includes maintenance practices for milled LAUGHLIN COMMUNITY GATEWAY �

Arizona express special features that should be considered Nevada asphalt by-products for entire corridor 4 �� 5. Highway facility enhancement REST AREA ASSOCIATED 6. Landform or contour grading enhancement � SCENIC PRESERVATION �� 110 WITH STATE GATEWAY � STATEWIDE GATEWAY � �� 7. Geometrics, alignment, & land relationship 3 (SR 163 TO LAUGHLIN) enhancement INFORMATIONAL SIGNAGE L 8. Sustainable corridor practice opportunity � 2 Clark County Nye County 105 a TO LAUGHLIN s as seen on the following page. 1 �� and describe the appearance of general program V 0 1.5 �� 3 6 N O R T H Laughlin e �� g SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles 100 a 0 s MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP �� V Sand County Studios �� a 1C 95 l JW Zunino & Associates MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA - SPECIFIC FEATURES elements designated by the highway zone. le PLACES UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH y 36 CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TO ELDORADO VALLEY CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM

Sp r in �� g Lake M o Mead u Figure 5 – Landscape design segment themes, maps, and sectionsn �� BOULDER CITY SUB-SEGMENT ta i LAS VEGAS n CONTINUE ON MAP 1B s 28 �� HOOVER DAM SUB-SEGMENT MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT 27 Preserve Landscape Character COMMUNITY PRESERVE LANDSCAPE MOJAVE DESERT VISTA 26 PRESERVE LANDSCAPE CHARACTER INTERFACE CHARACTER HENDERSON �� LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT �� 25 Native Revegetation Native Revegetation 5 Standard Standard Hoover Dam 24 10 Nevada �� BOULDER CITY 23 Native Revegetation �� SPRING MOUNTAINS SUB-SEGMENT 55 22 Accentuated �� BOULDER CITY BYPASS SUB-SEGMENT �� Searchlight California �� 21 California

Note: Mojave Desert Vista Landscape Design Segment Community Interface SR 164 to Lake Mohave & Nevada SEARCHLIGHT 20 VIEWPOINT / POINT and Spring Mountain Sub-Segment are continued in 50 Lake Mead Natl. Rec. Area OF INTEREST the Central US 95, West US 6, and Central US 50 Land- 19 Native Revegetation 18 Lake Mohave Standard scape and Aesthetics Corridor Plan 4000 FT STATEWIDE GATEWAY

M 45 Native Revegetation I - 15 MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA 17 Preserve Landscape Character

c DESTINY OF THE WEST LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT 3500 FT Accentuated CAL NEV ARI

Jean C �� 16

u LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT 3000 FT SR163 TO LAUGHLIN 15

l 40 SR164 TO LAKE MOHAVE AND l �� o 14 Arizona Nevada 2500 FT LAKE MEAD NATL. REC. AREA u �� N e LEGEND g 13 w GATEWAY REST AREA Nelson b 2000 FT h Nevada e r Enhanced Native 12 r 35 y R California � M Accentuated

MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA a o 11 u

n �� n

t LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT g LEGEND 10 a i 30 n

e Cal Nev Ari s MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA 9 LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT C o � 8 SPIRIT l � o DESTINY OF THE WEST MOUNTAIN r 25 WILDERNESS a Preserve Landscape Character 7 d AREA o LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Viewpoint / Point of Interest R Searchlight - Spirit Mountain Wilderness Area i �� Community Interface 6 v e r MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE �� 5 0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 15 17.5 20 22.5 25 27.5 Boulder City Sub-Segment 20 �� Lake Landscape and Aesthetics Element �� Hoover Dam Sub-Segment 4 SR 163 to Laughlin (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY)

�� Mohave �� Boulder City Bypass Sub-Segment Key Highway Intersection 3 Gateway Rest Area 15 2 MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA C Statewide Gateway Monument Landscape Type/Treatment

o �� 1 �� Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment � l 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH Laughlin LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT o �� MOJAVE DESERT VISTA SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles 10 r 0 DESIGN WORKSHOP � � a SECTION �� LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT DESIGN WORKSHOP �� Sand County Studios Cal Nev Ari d MAP Sand County Studios 1A JW Zunino & Associates o 1A MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA - LONGITUDINAL SECTION JW Zunino & Associates MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA - DESIGN OBJECTIVES PLACES UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH 34 CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TO ELDORADO VALLEY R �� Spring Mountains Sub-Segment PLACES LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNING RESEARCH UNLV CONSULTANT TEAM 5 32 CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TO ELDORADO VALLEY CH2MHill i

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM v

r �� 0 0 6 12 24 NORTH Laughlin Design Objectives - Section View SCALE: 1 inch equals 12 miles Design Objectives - Plan View Design objectives and landscape and aesthetic elements are Landscape treatment types and interpretive themes �� DESIGN WORKSHOP MAP Sand County Studios provide additional direction for design objectives and the Corridor Landscape Design Segments locatedA within the segment. LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENTS JW Zunino & Associates development of landscape and aesthetic elements. A group of highways evaluatedUNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH to address a Sections of the highway organizedSOUTHERN according US95 AND US93to the CORRIDOR surroundingPLACES 25

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill topic such as landscape and aesthetics. environmental and cultural context. Themes correlate with the segment name and location.

2.2 SCALE: 1inchequals12miles 0 S B2 outhern C1 B3 B1 A C B 6 Spring MountainsSub-Segment LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT MOJAVE DESERTVISTA Boulder CityBypassSub-Segment Hoover DamSub-Segment Boulder CitySub-Segment LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT DESTINY OFTHEWEST LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT MOUNTAIN DESERTVISTA LEGEND 12 U LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT Note: MojaveDesertVistaLandscapeDesignSegment S the CentralUS95,West6,and50Land- UN and SpringMountainSub-Segmentarecontinuedin

LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING 95 and SPRING MOUNTAINSSUB-SEGMENT 24 MOJAVE DESERTVISTA LV NORTH U scape andAestheticsCorridorPlan S

93 landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan

C2 SR 373 SR

C C1 SR 160 SR A

Cactus Springs

Nye County Nye

LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT MOUNTAIN DESERTVISTA

Clark County Clark California 130 Nevada

125

S 120 p

i Indian Springs n

115

M ountain SR 156 C

SR 157

1 10 s C1 105

100

US 95 US a

95 s

LASVEGAS

LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENTS e g

a Jean Valley s

I - 15 SOUTHERN US 95ANDUS 93CORRIDOR

lough Ran lough

C c M ge

HENDERSON SR 164 SR US 93 93 US 35 40 45 A 50 30 25 20 55 15 10 Searchlight 10

5 0 95 US US 93 Cal NevAri Nelson B 5

SR 164 SR 165 Glendale

BOULDER CITY SR 163 SR Hoover Dam

I - 15 Mohave

Lake

d o

R i v e r Laughlin B B3 B2 B1 BOULDER CITYBYPASSSUB-SEGMENT HOOVER DAMSUB-SEGMENT BOULDER CITYSUB-SEGMENT Mead LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT DESTINY OFTHEWEST Lake

CONSULTANT TEAM

CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP

Nevada Arizona MAP 2.3 A Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION ONE: Highway Zones

SECTION ONE: MANAGED LANDSCAPE COMMUNITY TRANSITION CHARACTER • Zone between down town and Highway Zones • Areas of growing or planned undeveloped edge development cuts • Curb and cross st reets • Indications of potential generously spaced Design objectives form the parameters for land- community expansion in a n • Buildings set back from right- otherwise natural se tting of-way scape and aesthetics along the roadway. The gen- • Vehicular needs dominate • Vehicular and pedestrian eral categories of urban freeways, city streets, and this zone needs are balanced • Infrequent pedestrian • Pedestrian crossings at rural highways are illustrated in Figures 7, 8, and signalized intersections (1) Zones classified as managed landscape character crossings lane• Bike or shar ed-use path are areas of planned development and the traveler’s 13. Urban freeways include high-speed, high-vol- • Frontage roads are common easily integrated first experience as they enter a community. Design cost• Low treatments are ume roadways. The built environment dominates • Buildings have parking in front objectives for these zones aim to limit the impacts of appropriate to• Low mid cost treatments future growth on the native landscape. the visual experience, significantly contributing are appropriate to the driving experience. Only a brief description BOULDER CITY of urban freeways is provided in this document due to the fact that the majority of roads in these US 93 corridors fall into the city streets or rural highways category. The exception includes the Boulder City Bypass. Design objectives that relate specifically to this highway can be found in the description of the individual landscape design segment. Refer to the Master Plan for additional discussions regarding urban freeways. (Pattern and Palette of Place, (2) Community transition zones occur between 2002, p. 38-47). downtown and the undeveloped edges of a community. These areas begin to balance the needs of pedestrians N with automobile circulation and are excellent locations The general design objectives for city streets are for community gateway features. Figure 6 - Highway zone objectivesdesign are tailored to varying levels of development along the roadway. As development reviewed in Figure 8, followed by a more detailed becomes more dense, the focus of the design objectives moves from preserving views and the natural landscape to improving the interface between the highway and the community. description of community interface, community transition, and managed landscape character. Ru- ral highways is described beginning on page 2.10 and includes more specific information on preserve landscape character and scenic designation zones.

2.4 SECTION ONE: Highway Zones Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Figure 7 - Urban Freeways - Highway Zones URBAN FREEWAYS – HIGHWAY ZONES

MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER URBAN BACKGROUND URBAN CONFLUENCE Adjacent land uses: Vary from residential to industrial. (Does not occur in this corridor) (Does not occur in this corridor) Located in areas of current growth or planned growth Adjacent land uses: Commercial development along Adjacent land uses: Highly visible location. at community edges along interstates or elevated interstates or elevated highways. Noise walls are used Major interstate or highway intersection is highways. in residential areas. of great importance within the state.

Managed Landscape Character Urban Confluence Urban Background

MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER URBAN BACKGROUND URBAN CONFLUENCE “Transition Zones” in the Master Plan “Urban Zones” in the Master Plan “High Visibility Zones” in the Master Plan • Create a transition from rural to urban character • Typical urban highway segments • High traffic volumes and special character such as • Establish gateways into urban areas • Consider pedestrian overpasses to connect regional casino districts • No-cost to low-cost treatments are appropriate systems • Create a distinctive design that complements the • Utilize a consistent soundwall design design theme • Emphasize segment design theme at interchanges • Utilize special retaining walls and land graphics through art, plants, materials, and signage • Incorporate complex plantings and artwork • Low to mid-cost treatments are appropriate • Mid- to high-cost treatments are appropriate

2.5 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION ONE: Highway Zones

Figure 8 - City Streets - Highway Zones CITY STREETS – HIGHWAY ZONES

MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER COMMUNITY TRANSITION COMMUNITY INTERFACE Adjacent land uses: Vary from residential to industrial. Adjacent land uses: Range from commercial to residential Adjacent land uses: Typically commercial, but include Located in areas of current growth or planned growth at with larger setbacks. Located between a community’s many other uses. Travel speeds are lower with frequent community edges. downtown and its undeveloped edges. curb cuts and cross streets.

Community Transition Community Interface

Managed Landscape Character

MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER COMMUNITY TRANSITION COMMUNITY INTERFACE “Transition Zones” in the Master Plan “Suburban Zones” in the Master Plan “Urban Zones” in the Master Plan • Areas of growth or planned development • Zone between downtown and undeveloped edge • Pedestrian needs dominate with frequent intersec- • Indications of potential community expansion in • Curb cuts and cross streets generously spaced tions and crosswalks an otherwise natural setting • Buildings set back from right of way • Slower design speeds • Vehicular needs dominate this zone • Vehicular and pedestrian needs are balanced • Shorter block lengths • Infrequent pedestrian crossings • Pedestrian crossings at signalized intersections • Traffic calming features • Frontage roads are common • Bike lane or shared-use path easily integrated • On-street parking • Low cost treatments are appropriate • Buildings have parking in front • Buildings, sidewalks and parking in close proximity • Low to mid cost treatments are appropriate to travel lanes • Mid- to high-cost treatments are appropriate 2.6 SECTION ONE: Highway Zones Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

CITY STREETS Trees and planting Parallel Wide Minimum lane Curb extensions (bulb outs) add soften the street parking sidewalks widths slow traffic sidewalk space, provide place and help slow for trees, bike parking, etc. and Community Interface traffic shorten crossing distance Description In many communities, highways provide the central point of access to all parts of the community. In small towns, the highway often becomes Main Street, a key component of the community’s economic and social vitality. Pedestrian amenities are of primary importance in these areas. The highway must be compatible with pedestrian activities, unifying, not dividing, the town center.

Community interface zones are characterized by lower travel speeds, frequent curb cuts, cross streets, traffic control devices, and increased pe- (1) On-street parking and tree plantings buffer pedestrians from travel lanes and enhance the visual destrian and other non-vehicular traffic. Adjacent experience from both the street and sidewalk. Figure 9 - Traffic-calming features such as street tree planting, on-street parking, and curb extensions accentuate downtown land uses are typically commercial, but may in- community areas. clude residential areas, schools, parks, and other civic uses. Block lengths are generally shorter, Pedestrian crossings Appropriately sized Trees and planting Bike lane incorporated utilize a change of sidewalks provide soften the street and into road design with buildings, sidewalks, and parking in close paving materials pedestrian space help slow traffic proximity to the travel lanes.

Design Objectives The primary design objective for community interface zones is the highway’s ability to accommodate a variety of town-center activities without reducing its function as a through street. (2) Streetscape planting, varied paving materials, on- Roadway design in these areas must incorporate street parking, and enhanced lighting create a dynamic and vibrant community downtown experience. traffic calming features that minimize conflicts between pedestrians and vehicles. The following goals establish the approach:

• Manage speed by reducing the number of travel lanes and lane widths. Install raised or planted medians to create pedestrian refuge islands that can double as speed-reduction devices.

• Facilitate traffic flow and speed with round- Figure 10 - Five-lane highways can be softened through raised, planted medians. Roadway design incorporates bike lanes to abouts promote multi-modal transportation through downtown. 2.7 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION ONE: Highway Zones

• Reduce vehicle-pedestrian conflicts with consolidated curb cuts and planted medians • Increase pedestrian safety and reduce crossing distances by combining angled or parallel parking with bulb-outs at crosswalks. Bollards, located at the bulb-outs, a buffer zone separating travel lanes, and angled parking offer additional levels of pedestrian safety. Parallel parking is recommended in areas of limited right-of-way. • Install pedestrian-activated signals for heavily used mid-block crossings or where the distance between crosswalks exceeds one-quarter mile

(1) Signage should be compatible with the preferred Adding pedestrian-scale amenities within a architectural style of the downtown area and clearly Figure 11 - A 60 foot right-of-way provides space for on-street parking and widened visible to vehicles and pedestrians. sidewalks. Streetscaping and pedestrian amenities enliven the downtown area. streetscape also encourages slower travel speeds. The following goals establish the approach:

• Utilize street trees for shade and visual interest • Provide lighting that is appropriate in height, style, and intensity • Provide signage that is compatible with preferred architectural styles and is visible to pedestrians and vehicles • Provide street furnishings, including seating, shelters, trash containers, and wayfinding aids, such as sidewalk inlays (2) Variations in paving material and color clearly define pedestrian and vehicular circulation zones. Clearly marked bike lanes must be incorporated into these stretches of highway. Where on-street parking exists, parallel parking is most compatible with bike lanes, particularly when combined with Figure 12 - An 80 foot right-of-way accommodates dual travel lanes and a planted median. A striped bike lane crosswalk bulb-outs. Where angled parking exists, accommodates cyclists through the community center. Pedestrian amenities may be enhanced with widened sidewalks. parking areas must be deep enough to ensure adequate visibility of cyclists. In all cases, it is important to coordinate efforts with local multi-modal transportation plans.

2.8 SECTION ONE: Highway Zones Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Community Transition shared-use paths between the frontage • Apply uniform design criteria to blend the Description road and highway. roadway with surrounding landscape Community transition zones include stretches of • Require developers to revegetate roadside • Revegetate disturbed roadsides disturbance to an appropriate level highway between the center of a community and • Prevent the practice of spreading asphalt • Plant street trees to calm traffic and sepa- millings on road shoulders and promote its undeveloped edges. These zones provide ac- rate vehicular and pedestrian travel lanes the use of materials that blend with the cess to outlying areas of a community and form a • Integrate transit and provide shaded bus natural landscape buffer between pedestrian-oriented town centers stops and open stretches of highway on their outskirts.

Vehicle needs are balanced with pedestrian needs Managed Landscape Character in these areas. Travel speeds vary, but are general- Description ly midway between those in community interface The managed landscape character is character- (1) Community gateways should represent the unique zones and those on open highways. Curb cuts ized by areas of growing or planned development history and character of a community. These are ideally and cross streets are used less frequently than in located in community transition zones. at community edges. The frequency and density community interface zones; pedestrian crossings of residential, commercial, or industrial develop- may be present at intersections. Adjacent land ment indicates potential community expansion uses may be commercial, residential, industrial, or in an otherwise natural landscape setting. Built agricultural, but setbacks are typically greater elements interrupt the natural environment in a than in community interface zones. Where ad- more regular pattern, but without the intensity jacent uses are commercial, building setbacks of urban density. commonly consist of large parking lots accessible from the highway. Design Objectives

Objectives for project design include: Design Objectives Design objectives for community transition zones • Provide adequate right-of-way for a sepa- (2) Community transition zones should incorporate emphasize pedestrian safety in areas that accom- rated, shared-use trail bike trails and bus stops to encourage residents to use modate heavier or higher speed traffic conditions. • Provide regional bike and pedestrian alternative transportation options. Objectives for project design include: linkages • Use berms and vegetative materials instead • Provide gateway features to mark the edge of sound walls for acoustic mitigation of a community. Utilize these opportuni- • Identify locations for new wildlife cross- ties to showcase locally relevant artwork, ings. Manage the corridor to maintain ex- signage, or plantings. isting crossings and corridors. • Increase visual interest and reinforce re- • Provide sufficient right-of-way for land- duced speed limits with median landscape scape screening treatments • Improve litter control • Improve pedestrian safety at crosswalks • Preserve views of surrounding mountains with elements such as refuge islands, sig- and scenic vistas nals, improved lighting, and signage • Manage outdoor advertising to maxi- • Provide separated shared-use paths in mize scenic views and minimize ridgeline higher speed or heavy traffic areas. Where obstructions frontage roads are present, create buffered 2.9 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION ONE: Highway Zones

Figure 13 - Rural Highways - Highway Zones RURAL HIGHWAYS – HIGHWAY ZONES

COMMUNITY INTERFACE PRESERVE LANDSCAPE CHARACTER SCENIC DESIGNATION Adjacent land uses: Commercial and local community Adjacent land uses: Typically agricultural or low- Adjacent land uses: Varies from conservation and development. density residential. Federal or state land ownership recreation to significant, historical commercial uses. dominates. Includes scenic byways and other portions of the highway that travel through areas of high scenic, cultural, or recreational value.

Preserve Landscape Character Scenic Designation Community Interface

COMMUNITY INTERFACE PRESERVE LANDSCAPE CHARACTER SCENIC DESIGNATION “Rural Communities” in the Master Plan “Rural Landscape Segments” in the Master Plan “Rural Landscape Segments” in the Master Plan • Pedestrian needs dominate with frequent intersec- • High speeds • Existing scenic byways or potential scenic byway tions and crosswalks • Maintain integrity of existing landscape – “do no harm” • Located along rural highways, city streets, and • Slower design speeds • Agriculture or low density residential development urban freeways • Shorter block lengths • Native vegetation and landforms dominate views • Unique scenic, cultural, historic, recreational, and • Traffic calming features • Low-cost treatments are appropriate or natural qualities • On-street parking • High level of visual management • Buildings, sidewalks and parking in close proximity • Low- to mid-cost treatments are appropriate to travel lanes • Mid- to high-cost treatments are appropriate 2.10 SECTION ONE: Highway Zones Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

RURAL HIGHWAYS • Prevent the practice of spreading asphalt feasible. Allow for safety considerations millings on road shoulders. Use materials and vehicle recovery within the clear zone. Preserve Landscape Character that blend with the natural landscape. Minimize vegetation removal during con- • Revegetate disturbed highway areas with struction and maintenance practices. Description native seed mix or salvaged plant materials • Reduce the number of superfluous signs. Landscape character is best preserved in rural where possible. • Minimize the visual distraction of reflec- highway design. In rural areas, roadside develop- • Identify locations for new wildlife cross- tors. Allow reflector components to blend ment consists of agricultural uses or low-density ings and opportunities for improvements with the background while maintaining residential. The potential for significant future to existing wildlife crossings. the effectiveness of the reflector. growth appears to be low. Land ownership is domi- • Screen or visually blend maintenance facili- • Create structures that blend with the land- nated by Federal or State entities. Built elements ties from roadway. scape by incorporating interesting textures and earth-tone colors. and human interventions are sparsely distributed • Improve litter collection along the corridor. (1) Highway alignments can be designed to blend • Preserve downhill trees to screen the road- seamlessly into the existing topography and virtually throughout the landscape. Native vegetation and • Provide activity pull-offs along the highway for recreation area access and pull- way from off-site locations. disappear from view. geologic features dominate the view. over traffic. • Align highway to blend facilities into the surrounding landscape. Design Objectives Scenic Designation • Regrade, stain, and revegetate rock cuts to Objectives for project design include: blend with the adjacent hillside. Description • Revegetate disturbed highway areas with • Utilize existing native vegetation to pre- Scenic designation includes existing and proposed native seed mix or salvaged plant materials serve the aesthetic integrity of the roadside scenic byways where cultural, historic, recreation- where possible. • Preserve scenic views and viewsheds from al, and/or natural qualities dominate the highway • Locate signage for scenic viewpoints at the highway. landscape. Facilities in these areas require the least 600 feet prior to entry. Provide screen- • Restrict outdoor advertising in scenic loca- highest level of management and should incorpo- ing for safety and enhanced visual quality. tions. Coordinate with local jurisdictions to (2) Structures in preserve landscape character and rate enhanced treatment levels and a higher level • Reduce glare of traffic signs by painting scenic designation zones should utlilize earth-tone prevent billboards from obstructing scenic of detail. Designation is based on scenic preser- the backsides. colors and textures to visually blend into the native views. Promote outdoor advertising re- landscape. vation, visual management, and access to recre- • Provide barrier systems that define the quirements. travel corridor but do not dominate the • Incorporate a separated, shared-use trail ational opportunities. setting. Barrier systems should become an within the right-of-way. integral part of the roadway and surround- • Incorporate the Placename Signage Pro- Design Objectives ing landscape. gram at areas with significant historical or Objectives for project design include: • Identify locations for new wildlife cross- natural features. ings and opportunities for improvements • Partner with federal and state agencies to • Preserve existing view corridors. to existing wildlife crossings. coordinate the Corridor Plan with long- • Protect scenic areas by disallowing struc- • Screen or visually blend maintenance facili- term planning. tures that obscure views. ties from roadway. • Fit the alignment of the highway into ex- • Incorporate a separated, shared-use trail • Incorporate the Placename Signage Pro- isting topography so structures blend into within the right-of-way. gram at locations with significant histori- the surrounding landscape. • Provide rest areas that serve a diversity of cal or natural features. Integrate interpre- • Re-grade, stain, and revegetate rock cuts purposes, including access to recreational tative elements throughout the corridor. to blend with the adjacent hillside. opportunities, trailheads, and stopping • Form partnerships with federal and state • Prevent degradation of surrounding land- points along shared-use trails. agencies to coordinate the long-term plan- scape. Minimize vegetation removal during • Limit vegetative clearing to the extent ning measures for the Corridor Plan. construction and maintenance practices. 2.11 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION TWO: Mountain Desert Vista

DESIGN SEGMENT OBJECTIVES the dry lake bed at MM 49 (also see Road SECTION TWO: Services Program design objectives). Mountain Desert Vista The Mountain Desert Vista Landscape Design Seg- • Identify locations for new wildlife crossings and opportunities to improve existing ment includes US 95 from the border of California crossings, especially near Railroad Pass. north to Railroad Pass near Boulder City. Segment- • Partner with the National Park Service to THEME level design objectives are primarily focused on provide access to the Colorado River and preserving the scenic quality of broad desert val- Lake Mead National Recreation Area. The Mountain Desert Vista Landscape Design Seg- leys bordered by rugged mountain ranges that ment is characterized by its orientation toward exist along this road. Scenic Designation the Colorado River and its broad and distant views of mountain ranges including Spirit Mountain and Community Interface • Designate SR 163 from the intersection Christmas Tree Pass. Known locally as the Snow- with US 95 to Laughlin as a Scenic Byway. bird Highway, it is the gateway to the state from • Incorporate traffic calming measures at

the south. The abundant recreational amenities Searchlight to reduce motor vehicle speed and improve conditions for pedestrian us- Statewide Gateway and close proximity to the river offer a refreshing (1) Mountain Desert Vista keymap ers. Provide visual cues to encourage mo- contrast to the contemplative and solitary nature torists to slow down or park and utilize • Mark the entry into and exit out of the of the desert. community facilities. state at the Nevada/California border. • Improve traffic/pedestrian circulation by • Create a subtle gateway feature that con- The northern Mojave Desert ecosystem charac- consolidating curb cuts. veys the spirit and identity of Nevada. terizes this design segment, with its collectively • Partner and coordinate with Searchlight • Utilize muted, earth tone colors that relate understated but individually dramatic flora and to provide facilities for multi-modal trans- to the surrounding landscape. portation, including pedestrians, bicyclists, fauna. Vivid colors of the mountains and sky en- and transit users. hance soft earth tones. Astronomy enthusiasts, Road Services Program • Facilitate the completion of community visitors, and residents of the area treasure the bril- enhancement projects along the NDOT • Create a gateway rest area at the SR 163/ liant night sky. Rugged mountains interrupt vast right-of-way. US 95 intersection. expanses of salt flats and dry lake beds. Strong • Commit to partnerships that achieve the • Incorporate travel and recreation informa- and durable stone masonry, rough-hewn timbers, area’s goals and objectives. Work toward tion (Lake Mead National Recreation Area, the best results; share decision-making re- and weathered metals typify building materials Spirit Mountain Wilderness Area, Laughlin, sponsibilities. along this section of the corridor. etc.) at activity pull-offs and rest area facilities. Include vehicle requirements and road (2) Preserving scenic views to distant mountains, such Preserve Landscape Character accessibility information. as the McCullough Range, is a primary objective for this Scenic, historic, and recreational amenities will be Landscape Design Segment. addressed through interpretive signage at the gate- • Utilize the Place Name Sign Program at • Preserve scenic views of distant moun- road service facilities to highlight natu- way to the state. View management and protection tain ranges and open desert valleys includ- ral features, cultural history, and wildlife in this design segment will be a cooperative effort ing Spirit Mountain Wilderness area, Mc- found within the corridor. between Lake Mead National Recreation Area, BLM, Cullough Range, Eldorado Mountains, and • Provide appropriate facilities for activities and Boulder City. On approach to Boulder City, an in- Eldorado Valley. occurring adjacent to the roadway. Locate creased level of development and sense of the abun- • Integrate the corridor plan with the BLM’s activity pull-offs at key locations to for- dance of water is apparent and signifies the transi- viewshed preservation plan. malize parking areas and reduce roadside disturbance. tion into a new landscape design segment. • Control pullover traffic along the highway 2.12 by providing activity pull-offs, especially at SCALE: 1inchequals3miles 0 S outhern 1.5 Key HighwayIntersection Landscape andAestheticsElement Community Interface Preserve LandscapeCharacter LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT MOUNTAIN DESERTVISTA LEGEND 3 U S UN

RESEARCH LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE andPLANNING 95 and 6 LV

SR 164 NORTH U S

93 Activity Pull-Off - NightSkyViewing landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT MOUNTAIN DESERTVISTA Viewpoint /PointofInterest - SpiritMountainWildernessArea

Preserve LandscapeCharacter

California Nevada

Community Interface SR 164 SR MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA—DESIGN OBJECTIVES 21 22 Cal NevAri 20 23 24 28 26 25 27 19 Searchlight 18 17 16 15 14 13 12

1 10 95 US 9 8 7 6 5 4 CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TOELDORADO VALLEY 3 2 1 0 Lake MeadNatl.Rec.Area SR 164toLakeMohaveand Preserve LandscapeCharacter CONTINUE ONMAP A2

Statewide GatewayMonument Gateway RestArea SR 163KeyHighwayIntersectiontoLaughlin

e SR 164

M WILDERNESS ountains

MOUNTAIN SR 163 SR SPIRIT AREA

Lake Mohave

CONSULTANT TEAM Nevada

CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP 162 SR Arizona

Laughlin

R i v e r 2.13 MAP A1 CONTINUE ON MAP B1 57 US 95, US 93, and 56 Boulder City Bypass 55 DESTINY OF THE WEST 54 LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT

d 49 o Activity Pull-Off r Erie a

- 4x4 driving d

48 o

- Radio controlled aircraft Mount - Historic Nelson and mining influence - Rocket launching 47

Boulder City Limits City Boulder ains 46

44 Viewpoint / Point of Interest SR 165 to Nelson, Colorado E 43 - Solar Energy Farm C l d River access, and Lake Mead o o l r 42 Natl. Rec. Area o a r d a

o d M River o Valley 41 c C u l US 95 40 lo ugh Ran

39 Nelson SR 165 LEGEND 38

ge MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA 37 LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT

36 Preserve Landscape Character 35 Arizona 34 DESTINY OF THE WEST MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA Nevada LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT 33 32 H

i Landscape and Aesthetics Element g 31 h l Preserve Landscape Character a n 30 Key Highway Intersection d

Range

0 1.5 3 6 28 NORTH CONTINUE ON MAP A1 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios A2 JW Zunino & Associates MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA — DESIGN OBJECTIVES

PLACES LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE and PLANNING 2.14 ELDORADO VALLEY TO US 95/US 93 INTERSECTION UNRESEARCH LV

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM 2000 FT 2500 FT 3000 FT 3500 FT 4000 FT S

outhern MILE California

0 U Nevada S MONUMENT STATEWIDE GATEWAY SR163 TOLAUGHLIN UN

LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING 95 and Native Revegetation MILE Accentuated 2.5 LV Structures andHardscape Type/Treatment Landscape Type/Treatment U S A

93 MILE STATEWIDE GATEWAYRESTAREA 5 landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan Enhanced Native Accentuated PRESERVE LANDSCAPECHARACTER OF INTEREST VIEWPOINT /POINT MILE 7.5 Native Revegetation CAL NEVARI Native Revegetation Standard MOUNTAIN DESERTVISTALANDSCAPEDESIGNSEGMENT Standard MILE 10 (HORIZONTAL ANDVERTICALSCALESVARY) MILE 12.5 MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA—LONGITUDINAL SECTION ACTIVITY PULL-OFF MILE Native Revegetation 15 Standard MILE 17.5 CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TOELDORADO VALLEY COMMUNITY MILE INTERFACE 20 Native Revegetation LAKE MEADNATL.REC.AREA SR164 TOLAKEMOHAVEAND SEARCHLIGHT MILE 22.5 Accentuated PRESERVE LANDSCAPE Native Revegetation CHARACTER Standard MILE 25 MILE 27.5

CONSULTANT TEAM • • • • CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP Spirit MountainWildernessArea Viewpoint/Point ofInterest- Laughlin. Scenic Designation-SR163to intersection. Gateway RestArea-US95/SR163 Statewide GatewayMonument DESIGN OBJECTIVES SECTION 2.15 A1 DESIGN OBJECTIVES MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT • Viewpoint / Point of Interest - Solar PRESERVE LANDSCAPE CHARACTER Energy Farm Native Revegetation Standard • SR 165 to Nelson, Colorado River Access, and Lake Mead National Recreation Area

• Activity Pull-off

• US 95 / US 93 Intersection COMMUNITY GATEWAY ACTIVITY PULL-OFF TO LAS VEGAS VALLEY 3500 FT Native Revegetation Enhanced Native Focal 3000 FT Standard RAILROAD PASS

2500 FT

2000 FT VIEWPOINT / POINT 1500 FT OF INTEREST Native Revegetation US 95, US 93, AND BOULDER Standard CITY BYPASS INTERCHANGE Native Revegetation SR 165 TO NELSON, Accentuated COLORADO RIVER ACCESS, A AND LAKE MEAD NAT’L. REC. AREA

MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE 28 31 34 37 40 43 46 49 52 55 58 61

(HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY)

Landscape Type/Treatment Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment

SECTION DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios A2 JW Zunino & Associates MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA — LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2.16 PLACES ELDORADO VALLEY TO RAILROAD PASS UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM SCALE: 1inchequals3miles 0 S 8. Geometrics, alignment,andlandrelationship 7. Landform orcontourgradingenhancement 6. Partnerships andresourceleveraging 7. improvement Note:Includesmaintenancepracticesformilled Highway maintenancepractices 4. Information anddirectionalsignage 3. Bridge andstructureaesthetic 2. Sound protectionoracousticwall 1. OPPORTUNITIES ROADWAY PRACTICESANDSTRUCTURE Highway scenicimprovement 2. Highway scenicpreservation 1. VIEWS AND LANDMARK OPPORTUNITIES enhancement Rare, unique,orspecialnaturalresource 4. Water resourcesenhancement 3. Wildlife movementenhancement 2. Environmental resourcespreservation 1. OPPORTUNITIES NATURAL RESOURCEANDWILDLIFE 3. 2. Viewpointsandpointsofinterest 1. RoadServicesProgram TRAVEL ANDTOURISMOPPORTUNITIES Highway archaeology,cultural,orhistoric 5. Bike andmulti-usetraillinkage 4. Pedestrian linkageandcirculation 3. Community gateway 2. Statewide gateway 1. COMMUNITY OPPORTUNITIES LEGEND 5. 5. CommunityRestArea Highway art 4. 6. outhern enhancement Sustainable corridorpracticeopportunity Highway facilityenhancement Highway andcommunitycompatibility asphalt by-productsforentirecorridor Travel informationprogram awareness 1.5 3 U S UN

RESEARCH LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE andPLANNING 95 and 6 LV

SR 164 NORTH U

93 corridorplan REGIONAL RIGHTOFWAYBIKETRAIL LAUGHLIN COMMUNITYGATEWAY IMPROVEMENTS TOHIGHWAY AND COMMUNITYINTERFACE DESERT TORTOISEHABITAT RECREATIONAL GATEWAYS MOJAVE DESERTPRESERVE CULTURAL AWARENESSOF INFORMATIONAL SIGNAGE INFORMATIONAL SIGNAGE HIGHWAY MAINTENANCE VIEWPOINT OFHISTORIC REST AREAASSOCIATED

WITH STATEGATEWAY SCENIC PRESERVATION WALKING BOXRANCH California

(ENTIRE SEGMENT) (ENTIRE SEGMENT) (ENTIRE SEGMENT) (ENTIRE SEGMENT)

COMMUNITY AND MINING DISTRICT Nevada TO LAUGHLIN

GATEWAY SR 164 SR 1 3 2 4 2 3 2 6 5 4 4 1 1 MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA—SPECIFIC FEATURES MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA-SPECIFIC FEATURES 21 22 Cal NevAri 20 23 24 28 26 25 27 19 Searchlight 18 17 16 15 14 13 12

10 1 US 95 US 9 8 7 6 5 4 CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TOELDORADO VALLEY CALIFORNIA STATE LINE TOELDORADO VALLEY 3 2 1 0 LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT MOUNTAIN DESERTVISTA Lake MeadNatl.Rec.Area SR 164toLakeMohaveand 2 CONTINUE ONMAP A4

FOR POWERLINES VIEWPOINT ANDINTERPRETATION

SR 163toLaughlin r

y 1 M ountains STATEWIDE GATEWAY 3 5 2 4

SR 164 SPIRIT MOUNTAINAREA CULTURAL SIGNIFICANCEOF AND CHRISTMASTREEPASS MOUNTAIN, GRAPEVINECANYON, POINT OFINTERESTFORSPIRIT SPIRIT MOUNTAINAREA INTERPRETIVE SIGNAGEFOR CHRISTMAS TREEPASS FROM MCCULLOUGHRANGETO REGIONAL TRAILSYSTEM WILDERNESS

MOUNTAIN SR 163 SR SPIRIT AREA Lake Mohave

1 CONSULTANT TEAM Nevada

CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP 162 SR

(SR 163TOLAUGHLIN) SCENIC PRESERVATION Arizona

Laughlin

R i v e r 2.17 MAP A3 CONTINUE ON MAP B2 57 56

55 DESTINY OF THE WEST 54 LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT

51 3 INFORMATION AND DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE 50

d 49 o ACTIVITY PULL-OFF 2 r Erie a

HISTORIC MINING AND RECREATIONAL 48 o

3 Mount TRAVEL INFORMATION LEGEND 47 COMMUNITY OPPORTUNITIES 1. Statewide gateway

Boulder City Limits City Boulder ains 46 2. Community gateway 3. Pedestrian linkage and circulation 4. Bike and multi-use trail linkage 45 5. Highway archaeology, cultural, or historic awareness 6. Highway and community compatibility 44 VIEWPOINT/INTERPRETATION OF improvement 2 SR 165 to Nelson, Colorado 7. Partnerships and resource leveraging SOLAR ENERGY FARM E 43 l C d River access, and Lake Mead (WEST SIDE ONLY) o o TRAVEL AND TOURISM OPPORTUNITIES l r 42 Natl. Rec. Area o 1. Road Services Program a M r c d a 2. Viewpoints and points of interest C o d 3. Travel information program

u Valley River o l 41 4. Highway art lo ugh Ran 5. Community Rest Area

US 95 40 NATURAL RESOURCE AND WILDLIFE OPPORTUNITIES 39 1. Environmental resources preservation ge Nelson SR 165 2. Wildlife movement enhancement 38 3. Water resources enhancement 4. Rare, unique, or special natural resource enhancement 37 VIEWS AND LANDMARK OPPORTUNITIES 36 1. Highway scenic preservation 2. Highway scenic improvement 4 REGIONAL RIGHT OF WAY BIKE TRAIL 35 (ENTIRE SEGMENT) ROADWAY PRACTICES AND STRUCTURE DESERT TORTOISE HABITAT Arizona OPPORTUNITIES 34 1 (ENTIRE SEGMENT) 1. Sound protection or acoustic wall MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA Nevada 2. Bridge and structure aesthetic SCENIC PRESERVATION 33 1 3. Information and directional signage LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT (ENTIRE SEGMENT) 4. Highway maintenance practices 32 HIGHWAY MAINTENANCE Note: Includes maintenance practices for milled H 4 asphalt by-products for entire corridor i (ENTIRE SEGMENT) g 31 5. Highway facility enhancement h 6. Landform or contour grading enhancement l a 7. Geometrics, alignment, and land relationship n 30 d enhancement Range 8. Sustainable corridor practice opportunity 29

0 1.5 3 6 28 NORTH CONTINUE ON MAP A3 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios A4 JW Zunino & Associates MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA — SPECIFIC FEATURES

PLACES LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE and PLANNING 2.18 ELDORADO VALLEY TO US 95/US 93 INTERSECTION UNRESEARCH LV

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM SECTION TWO: Mountain Desert Vista Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Landscape and Aesthetic Treatment Aerial Simulations The following aerial images illustrate all landscape and aesthetic treatments at certain key points along the Mountain Desert Vista Landscape Design Segment.

LAS VEGAS VALLEY 2 COMMUNITY GATEWAY LAS VEGAS 4 LINKAGE TO RIVER MOUNTAIN TRAIL NETWORK SCENIC VIEWPOINT TO Preserve landscape character 2 US 95 LAS VEGAS VALLEY HENDERSON US 95 2 BIGHORN SHEEP CROSSING Eldorado Valley 1 SOUND PROTECTION FOR ADJACENT Preserve landscape character RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT

B River Mountains Boulder City Bypass McCullough Range

B3 McCullough Range

BOULDER CITY Railroad A Pass B US 95 B1 US 93

HENDERSON Railroad Pass

US 93, US 95, and Boulder City Bypass Las Vegas Community Gateway LEGEND Native Revegetation LEGEND Enhanced Native Accentuated Focal Preserve Landscape Character Preserve Landscape Character MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA A MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA Landscape and Aesthetics Element LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Manage Landscape Character A LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT DESTINY OF THE WEST Key Highway Intersection B LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT (2) Looking northwest toward the Las Vegas Valley from Railroad Pass on US 95. This location within the Mountain Desert Vista Landscape Design Segment contains a community gateway to the Las Vegas Valley. The enhanced native softscape B1 BOULDER CITY SUB-SEGMENT treatment and focal hardscape treatment will allow for a prominent entrance feature for the vibrant metropolitan area.

B3 BOULDER CITY BYPASS SUB-SEGMENT

(1) Looking south toward the Eldorado Valley from the US 95/US 93/Boulder City Bypass interchange. This interchange includes portions of the Mountain Desert Vista Landscape Design Segment and the Destiny of the West Landscape Design Segment, specifically the Boulder City and Boulder City Bypass Sub-Segments. An accentuated hardscape treatment is proposed at this location to signify the importance of the interchange.

2.19 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION TWO: Mountain Desert Vista

Design Interpretation Interpretation of a segment’s design themes occurs during individual project design. The Corridor Plan establishes the direction for project level design. Examples illustrate forms and materials that could be used to accomplish the stated design objectives.

(1) The native vegetation of this region maintains a stark beauty typical of the desert (2), (3) Road service facilities that use native desert materials (4) The natural or cultural history of a region is a story that can be interpreted on landscape. Much of the Mountain Desert Vista segment requires a native revegetation and colors blend well into the existing desert landscape. various highway design elements. treatment to restore disturbed areas to their natural state.

(5) The preservation and presentation of scenic desert landscapes is an important objective of the Mountain Desert Vista corridor. Road services facilities can be (6) Simple structural forms, earth-toned color palettes, and visually transparent rail designed to frame views and heighten the traveler’s awareness of these fragile and beautiful landscapes. designs help preserve the scenic character of the corridor.

2.20 SECTION TWO: Mountain Desert Vista Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

(1) Artistic, shade-providing structures are welcome amenities in a desert climate. (2) Iconic transportation art can capture the attention of the (3) The architecture and site design of gateway rest areas and viewpoints can present the traveler and be an interesting element of a statewide gateway. desert landscape in a powerful and provocative way.

(4) Rest areas should include simple path systems that engage (5), (6) Interpretive signage at pull-offs and rest areas throughout the corridor can describe educational information on the landscape character and history of the region. the traveler with interpretive signage and native desert plants.

2.21 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION THREE: Destiny of the West SECTION THREE: dam, walls, and buildings were designed by Gor- • Because US 93 does not pass directly don Kaufmann. The influence of water in so arid through downtown, provide visual cues to Destiny of the West a landscape is easily discernible, and the national encourage motorists to leave the highway and enter into the city to utilize commu- significance of the dam attracts visitors from all nity facilities. over the world. • Incorporate traffic calming measures in THEME Boulder City near areas of high bicycle and The Boulder City Bypass Sub-Segment focus- pedestrian use. es on the current transportation needs of the • Enhance pedestrian and bicycle movement The Destiny of the West Landscape Design Seg- region. As a major gateway to Nevada, this across the roadway in Boulder City, espe- ment is characterized by a unique cultural history sub-segment must also focus on interpretation cially near access points to the River Moun- based on the development of the Hoover Dam, tain Trail. Provide safe connections and re- and guest services. The bypass of historic down- Lake Mead, Boulder Highway, and Boulder City, duce the roadway’s potential to divide the town Boulder City is currently under design. The the first planned community in the state. Signifi- community. Hoover Dam Bypass is currently under construc- cant federal funding and national attention has • Consider implementing landscaped medi- tion and includes extensive grading and numer- ans as part of the traffic calming and pe- been given to this design segment over the years, (1) Destiny of the West keymap ous bridge structures. destrian enhancement measures. ensuring a unique plan and exquisite details. • Partner and coordinate with Boulder City DESIGN SEGMENT OBJECTIVES to provide facilities for multi-modal trans- There are three sub-segments, united by a similar portation, including pedestrians, bicyclists, design theme, in the Destiny of the West Land- and transit users. The Destiny of the West Landscape Design Seg- scape Design Segment. • Improve traffic circulation by consolidat- ment includes US 93 from Hoover Dam to the in- ing curb cuts. • B1 - Boulder City Sub-Segment terchange with US 95 and the new Boulder City • Facilitate the completion of Boulder City • B2 - Hoover Dam Sub-Segment Bypass currently under design. The corridor is community enhancement projects along the NDOT right-of-way. • B3 - Boulder City Bypass Sub-Segment further divided into three sub-segments (Boulder City, Hoover Dam, and Boulder City Bypass) each • Commit to partnerships with the town to

with their own distinct set of goals for landscape achieve the area’s goals and objectives. Strong historical influences identify the Boulder Work toward the best results and share de- and aesthetics. Segment level objectives range City Sub-Segment. Early twentieth-century Art cision-making responsibilities. from scenic designation and preservation near Deco forms are recreated in formed concrete and Hoover Dam, to community enhancement within metal structures. Abundant water, an unusual fea- Managed Landscape Character Boulder City. In addition to applicable corridor- ture within the state, is manifest in the notion of level objectives, these design objectives have (2) Providing access to recreational activities on the city as a reclaimed garden. • Apply uniform design criteria along US been established specifically for the Destiny of the Colorado River and Lake Mead is an important 93 and the Boulder City Bypass. Blend the component of the Destiny of the West landscape the West segment. roadway and structures with the surround- design segment. The Hoover Dam Sub-Segment consists of the ing Mojave Desert landscape. Colorado River, Hoover Dam, and Lake Mead. The Community Transition • Stain unnatural rock cuts to blend with the scale and enormity of these projects that were adjacent hillsides, especially in the areas of intended to provide water and electricity to the high scenic quality near Hoover Dam. • Highlight the transition to community ar- entire American Southwest introduced thou- eas, such as the central business district, • Showcase distinct engineering features sands of workers to the area, facilitating the set- civic center, etc. with gateway features and built elements as potential works of tlement of the entire region. The Art Deco-style within the right-of-way. art. For example, reinforce the concept of the modern marvel of the Hoover Dam. 2.22 SECTION THREE: Destiny of the West Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

• Improve litter control along the corridor. Road Services Program • Provide regional bicycle and pedestrian links across US 93 and the future bypass. • Provide motorists with access to the Ensure connectivity of neighborhoods and Hoover Dam visitor center and museum recreational opportunities. from the Boulder City Bypass. • Provide community linkages from the fu- • Provide viewpoints to Hoover Dam. ture bypass to Boulder City. • Consolidate existing highway pull-offs on • Preserve views of Lake Mead. the approach to Hoover Dam. • Provide appropriate crossing facilities for • Provide one central visitor center near bighorn sheep. Utilize natural topography, Hoover Dam, similar to the existing Hoover such as drainages, as part of the design. Dam facility. Encourage a partnership with federal agencies in the creation of a consolidated visitor center. (1) The section of US 93 near Lake Mead and Hoover Scenic Designation Dam is to be managed for the highest level of scenic quality and preservation. • The roadways nearest Hoover Dam are not proposed to become Scenic Byways because of adjacent federal ownership; however, they are to be managed for the highest level of scenic quality and preservation. • Restrict signage that may negatively impact viewsheds to Lake Mead and Hoover Dam. • Partner with federal agencies to raise design standards to a level appropriate with a place of national significance. • Use colors, textures, and materials that blend into the landscape, minimizing their visual impact.

Community Gateways

• Provide community gateways on the east (MM 5.5) and west (MM 10) side of Boulder City along US 93. • Coordinate location of community gateways with Boulder City planning efforts. • Ensure community identification at gateways. Use gateways to reflect the distinctive cultural, environmental, and historic background of Boulder City and Hoover Dam. • Integrate gateway structures into the natural setting. 2.23 CONTINUE ON MAP C1

US 95

I - 15

north las vegas

LEGEND Scenic Designation MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA Boulder City Sub-Segment B1 LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT LAS

I - 515 Boulder City Preserve Landscape Character VEGAS Community Gateway

/ US 95 Lake Mead DESTINY OF THE WEST Managed Landscape Character DESTINY OF THE WEST LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT / US 93 EAST LAS VEGAS LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Paradise Lake Mead Visual Gateway Boulder City B1 Community Transition B2 Hoover Dam Sub-Segment Sub-Segment SR 582 Boulder City Boulder City Bypass to US 95 Hoover Dam R B2 Community Gateway iv e Sub-Segment r Managed Landscape Character M o henderson untains B3 Boulder City Bypass Sub-Segment B2 US 95 1 Hoover Dam B1 2 I - 215 4 3 Statewide Welcome Center Location 5 Scenic Designation 1

6 2

59 3 Managed Landscape Character 7 Scenic Designation 4 Arizona 58 Nevada Alunite 8 boulder Las Vegas Valley 9 5 Community Transition Buchanan Blvd 57 11 10 city Community Gateway 16 56 US 93 6 MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA 15 55 Landscape and Aesthetics Element 7 LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT 14 B3 E B3 Boulder City Bypass Sub-Segment 8 13 l ge d US 93, US 95, and 54 12 9 Key Highway Intersection 11 10 o

Boulder City Bypass a

53 E d C

l o o Regional Trail d l Preserve landscape character o Managed Landscape Character Mount o ugh Ran

52 r r

o a a

l l d

d o u o US 95 Valley River

C 51

c ains

0 1.5 3 6 NORTH M

SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles 50 City Limits City CONTINUE ON MAP B2 City Boulder MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios B1 JW Zunino & Associates DESTINY OF THE WEST — DESIGN OBJECTIVES

PLACES LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE and PLANNING 2.24 US 95/US 93 INTERSECTION TO HOOVER DAM UNRESEARCH LV

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM 1500 FT 2000 FT 1000 FT 2500 FT 500 FT S outhern U S UN

MILE LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING 95 and 11 SCAPE CHARACTER MANAGED LAND- Enhanced Native Accentuated LV Structures andHardscape Type/Treatment Landscape Type/Treatment U MILE 10 S B1

93 COMMUNITY GATEWAY BOULDER CITY landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan B2 Enhanced Native MILE Accentuated 9 COMMUNITY TRANSITION INTERSECTION EXISTING US95/US93 Native Revegetation Regional Ornamental BOULDER CITYLIMITS Accentuated Focal MILE BOULDER CITYSUB-SEGMENT 8 DESTINY OFTHEWESTLANDSCAPEDESIGNSEGMENT (HORIZONTAL ANDVERTICALSCALESVARY) MILE VISUAL GATEWAY LAKE MEAD 7 MANAGED LANDSCAPECHARACTER MILE 6 DESTINY OFTHEWEST —LONGITUDINAL SECTION Enhanced Native Accentuated COMMUNITY GATEWAY BOULDER CITY MILE 5 Enhanced Native Accentuated MILE US 93: US95/US 93INTERSECTION TOHOOVER DAM 4 MILE 3 HOOVER DAMSUB-SEGMENT SCENIC DESIGNATION Native Revegetation MILE STATEWIDE GATEWAY 2 Accentuated Enhanced Native NEVADA /ARIZONA Landmark MILE 1 MILE 0 • • • Nevada /ArizonaStatewideGateway Lake MeadVisualGateway Boulder CityCommunityGateway CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP DESIGN OBJECTIVES SECTION 2.25 B1 DESIGN OBJECTIVES DESTINY OF THE WEST LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT BOULDER CITY BYPASS SUB-SEGMENT • Boulder City Bypass MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER SCENIC DESIGNATION Native Revegetation Native Revegetation • US 95 / US 93 Intersection Accentuated Accentuated

BOULDER CITY LIMITS

2500 FT

2000 FT

INTERCHANGE WITH US 95/US 93 1500 FT NEAR RAILROAD PASS

1000 FT Enhanced Native Accentuated 500 FT

INTERCHANGE WITH US 93 NEAR HOOVER DAM Enhanced Native B3 Accentuated

MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE MILE 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0

(HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SCALES VARY)

Landscape Type/Treatment Structures and Hardscape Type/Treatment

SECTION DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios B2 JW Zunino & Associates DESTINY OF THE WEST — LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2.26 PLACES BOULDER CITY BYPASS UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM SCALE: 1inchequals3miles 0 S 8. Geometrics, alignment, andlandrelationship 7. Landform orcontour gradingenhancement 6. 5. Note:Includesmaintenancepracticesformilled Highway maintenance practices 4. Information anddirectional signage 3. Bridge andstructure aesthetic 2. Sound protection oracousticwall 1. OPPORTUNITIES ROADWAY PRACTICESANDSTRUCTURE Highway scenicimprovement 2. Highway scenicpreservation 1. VIEWS AND LANDMARK OPPORTUNITIES enhancement Rare, unique,orspecialnaturalresource 4. Water resourcesenhancement 3. Wildlife movementenhancement 2. Environmental resourcespreservation 1. OPPORTUNITIES NATURAL RESOURCEANDWILDLIFE 5. CommunityRestArea Highway art 4. 3. 2. Viewpointsandpointsofinterest 1. RoadServicesProgram TRAVEL ANDTOURISMOPPORTUNITIES Partnerships andresourceleveraging 7. improvement 6. Highway archaeology,cultural,orhistoric 5. Bike andmulti-usetraillinkage 4. Pedestrian linkageandcirculation 3. Community gateway 2. Statewide gateway 1. COMMUNITY OPPORTUNITIES LEGEND

outhern

Sustainable corridorpracticeopportunity enhancement Highway facilityenhancement asphalt by-productsforentirecorridor Travel informationprogram Highway andcommunitycompatibility awareness 1.5 95 US 3 U S UN UN

RESEARCH LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING and 95 and 6 LV NORTH U

93 LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT VEGAS LAS Paradise landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan TRAVEL INFORMATIONPROGRAM ELDORADO VALLEYRECREATION MOUNTAIN DESERTVISTA I - 15 LANDS INFORMATIONALAND

las vegas north

I - 515 515 - I

DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE 95 US / / US 93 93 US / RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT(NORTHSIDEONLY) POINT OFINTEREST/INTERPRETATIONFORRAIL- ROAD PASS,RIVERMOUNTAINTRAIL,ANDLAS I - 215 llough Ran Boulder CityBypass cCu REGIONAL RIGHT-OF-WAYBIKETRAIL M EAST LASVEGAS

ge US 93,95,and SCENIC VIEWPOINTTOLASVEGASVALLEY SOUND PROTECTIONFORADJACENT

LINKAGE TORIVERMOUNTAIN SR 582 SR

BIGHORN SHEEPCROSSING (ENTIRE SEGMENT) 95 US 3 3 COMMUNITY GATEWAY LAS VEGASVALLEY TRAIL NETWORK VEGAS VALLEY henderson 4 59

DESTINY OFTHEWEST —SPECIFIC FEATURES US 95 2 1 2 2 4 2 50 51 16 52 53 58 15 Alunite 54 57 55 14

56 1

1 R CONTINUE ONMAP C2

13 i

US 93 M

o 10 r o

a 12

untains d

o Lakeside Road Lakeside Valley

9 1

1 Buchanan Blvd Buchanan 8 7 10 US 95/US 93INTERSECTION TOHOOVER DAM 6 city boulder 9 5 B1 8

Boulder City 4 7

City Limits 5 6 4 Lake Mead 3 B3 B1 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 Boulder CitySub-Segment BIKE/PEDESTRIAN LINKAGEANDCIRCULATION BOULDER CITYEASTERNGATEWAY BOULDER CITY WESTERN GATEWAY

SIGNAGE FORRIVERMOUNTAINTRAIL 2 BIGHORN SHEEPCROSSING

B2 1

Nevada

Arizona

d Hoover Dam o r a

d o Mount ains

CONTINUE ONMAP A4 C

l o

o River LANDSCAPE DESIGNSEGMENT DESTINY OFTHEWEST Boulder CityBypasstoUS95 B2 B3 2 6 4 3 2 1 2 1 Hoover DamSub-Segment Boulder CityBypassSub-Segment BIGHORN SHEEPCROSSING (ENTIRE BYPASSSUB-SEGMENT) BYPASS PEDESTRIANLINKAGEANDCIRCULATION IMPROVEMENT (ENTIREBYPASSSUB-SEGMENT) BYPASS HIGHWAYANDCOMMUNITYCOMPATIBILITY (ENTIRE BYPASSSUB-SEGMENT) BYPASS BIKEANDMULTI-USETRAILLINKAGE BYPASS BRIDGEANDSTRUCTUREAESTHETIC PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY VIEWPOINT TOHOOVERDAMWITH STATEWIDE GATEWAYANDWELCOMECENTER HOOVER DAMHIGHWAYSCENICPRESERVATION

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP 2.27 MAP B2 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION THREE: Destiny of the West

Landscape and Aesthetic Treatment Aerial Simulations The following aerial images are meant to illustrate all landscape and aesthetic treatments at certain key points along the Destiny of the West Landscape Design Segment.

Lake Mead

BOULDER CITY B1 Eldorado Mountains Lake Mead Community Transition

B2 Scenic Designation Hemenway Wash

Managed Landscape Character US 93 B1 BOULDER CITY WESTERN GATEWAY 2 BOULDER CITY

River Mountains

Veterans Memorial Dr Managed Landscape Character US 93 US

Community Transition

Boulder City Community Gateway Lake Mead Visual Gateway LEGEND Enhanced Native LEGEND Native Revegetation Community Transition Accentuated Accentuated Community Transition DESTINY OF THE WEST Managed Landscape Character DESTINY OF THE WEST Managed Landscape Character B LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT B Scenic Designation LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT B1 BOULDER CITY SUB-SEGMENT Landscape and Aesthetics Element B1 BOULDER CITY SUB-SEGMENT B2 HOOVER DAM SUB-SEGMENT Landscape and Aesthetics Element

(1) Looking east toward Boulder City from the US 93 intersection with Veterans Memorial Drive. The community gateway is (2) Looking east toward Lake Mead from above US 93. The Lake Mead visual gateway lies within the Destiny of the West Landscape located within the Destiny of the West Landscape Design Segment/Boulder City Sub-Segment and marks the western entrance to Design Segment/Boulder City Sub-Segment. The gateway has the opportunity to exhibit historical information about Lake Mead, Boulder City. As proposed, it will exhibit an enhanced native softscape with an accentuated hardscape treatment. Hoover Dam, and Boulder City, and provide excellent views of the lake.

2.28 SECTION THREE: Destiny of the West Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Eldorado Mountains BOULDER CITY Scenic Designation HENDERSON Community Transition Lake Mead

US 95 STATEWIDE GATEWAY AND WELCOME CENTER 1 Hoover Preserve landscape character Dam HOOVER DAM HIGHWAY SCENIC PRESERVATION 1 Managed Landscape Character BYPASS BRIDGE AND STRUCTURE AESTHETIC 2 B1

(Under Construction) Colorado River Temple Rock Rd. US 93 Hoover Dam Bypass Bridge B2 US 93 Pacifica Way BOULDER CITY EASTERN GATEWAY 2

Hemenway Wash

Boulder City Community Gateway Nevada/Arizona Statewide Gateway Enhanced Native LEGEND Enhanced Native LEGEND Accentuated Landmark Community Transition Scenic Designation

DESTINY OF THE WEST Managed Landscape Character DESTINY OF THE WEST Key Highway Intersection B LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT B LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Landscape and Aesthetics Element Landscape and Aesthetics Element B1 BOULDER CITY SUB-SEGMENT B2 HOOVER DAM SUB-SEGMENT

(1) Looking west toward Boulder City from the US 93 intersection with Temple Rock Road and Pacifica Way. This community (2) Looking down on Hoover Dam from above US 93 and the Hoover Dam Bypass. This statewide gateway is within the Destiny gateway is located within the Destiny of the West Landscape Design Segment/Boulder City Sub-Segment and marks the eastern of the West Landscape Design Segment/Hoover Dam Sub-Segment and provides an enhanced native softscape treatment with a entrance to Boulder City. Similar to the western gateway, it includes an enhanced native softscape treatment with an accentuated landmark hardscape treatment. As proposed, this statewide gateway has the opportunity to exhibit historical information about hardscape treatment. Hoover Dam, provide state travel and tourism information, and provide excellent views of Hoover Dam and the Colorado River.

2.29 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION THREE: Destiny of the West

Design Interpretation Interpretation of a segment’s design themes occurs during individual project design. The corridor plan establishes the direction for project level design. Examples illustrate forms and materials that could be used to accomplish the stated design objectives.

(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) A range of softscape treatment types, from native revegetation to regionally adapted, will be utilized to fulfill the wide variety of design objectives proposed for the Destiny of the West Landscape Design Segment.

(6) Accentuated and focal structures can make a statement by utilizing bold designs (7) Multi-use trails can be incorporated adjacent to the highway to safely allow for (8) Viewing platforms should be included along the new Hoover Dam and maintaining consistency with the desert environment. pedestrian and bicycle circulation, providing a connection to larger regional trail Bypass to provide safe areas for motorists to view the area’s unique systems. features.

2.30 SECTION THREE: Destiny of the West Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

(1) Architecturally interesting shade structures and view (2) Rock cuts and excavation should be designed to (3) Unnatural rock cuts should be stained to blend with the (4) Drainage facilities can be incorporated into the right- platforms can attract more visitors and enhance their resemble natural rock formations in shape, form, and natural rock coloration. of-way in artistic and interactive ways. experience. texture.

(5), (6) Employing regionally appropriate materials and colors in a powerful and artistic manner will help draw vistors into a statewide welcome center.

(7) Stormwater runoff can be harvested, stored, and reused to irrigate landscape plantings.

2.31 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION FOUR: Mojave Desert Vista

DESIGN SEGMENT OBJECTIVES • Provide a community rest area in the form SECTION FOUR: of a central gathering place. Provide basic rest area amenities such as parking, shade, Mojave Desert Vista The Mojave Desert Vista Landscape Design Seg- and picnic tables. Coordinate the facility ment begins at the intersection of US 95 and Kyle with other existing services such as gas Canyon Road and extends northwest to the Clark stations and restaurants. THEME County line. This section of roadway is also cate- • Commit to partnerships that achieve the gorized under the Spring Mountains Sub-Segment area’s goals and objectives. Work toward due to the significant visual impact and recreation- the best results; share decision-making re- The Mojave Landscape Design Segment lies on the sponsibilities. al activities in the Spring Mountains. The Mojave opposite side of the Las Vegas Valley from Boul- Desert Vista contains a subtle scenic quality that der City and the Destiny of the West. It is charac- will be supported by its design objectives; however, Managed Landscape Character terized by broad and distant views to the moun- growth pressure from the Las Vegas metropolitan tains and the Mojave Desert. Rural communities • Improve litter control along the corridor. area is a force that must be considered. In addition steeped in histories shaped by the involvement of • Provide regional bicycle and pedestrian to applicable corridor-level objectives, these de- federal agencies such as the National Park Service, links across US 95 to ensure connectivity (1) Mojave Desert Vista keymap sign objectives have been established specifically Department of Defense, and the Department of to recreational opportunities. for the Mojave Desert Vista segment. Energy, line the highway. • Manage signage and advertising to prevent

deterioration of scenic views. Community Interface While the colors and textures of the Mojave Des- • Require new developments to revegetate and restore any disturbed areas adjacent ert Vista Landscape Design Segment – muted • Incorporate traffic calming measures with- to the roadway. earth tones, rugged textures, and brilliant skies – in Indian Springs to reduce motor vehicle • Use signage and extended turning lane dis- are similar to those found in the Mountain Desert speed and improve conditions for pedes- tances to promote access to recreational Vista, it deserves classification as a separate seg- trian users. Provide visual cues to encour- opportunities in the area. ment with its own character. Major recreational age motorists to slow down or to park and utilize community facilities. gateways at Kyle and Lee Canyon roads, the likeli- • Improve traffic/pedestrian circulation by Preserve Landscape Character hood of substantial growth and development, and consolidating curb cuts. the influence of adjacent federally owned lands, • Enhance the aesthetic quality of the street • Form a partnership with the BLM to man- set this section of roadway apart from the more environment, especially for pedestrians. age and preserve views of the Spring Moun- tains. Integrate the Corridor Plan with the southern portion of US 95. • Partner and coordinate with Indian Springs BLM’s plans for viewshed preservation. to provide facilities for multi-modal trans- Due to the significant visual impact of the Spring portation, including pedestrians, bicyclists, • Delineate access to Scenic Byways and sce- (2) Scenic views along the Mojave Desert Vista nic roadways. Mountains along this section, the entire length and transit users. Landscape Design Segment would be enhanced by • Restrict outdoor advertising in scenic loca- removing weeds growing within the right-of-way. of the Mojave Desert Vista segment within the • Enhance pedestrian and bicycle movement across US 95. Provide safe connections and tions. Coordinate with local jurisdictions Southern US 95 and US 93 Corridor is also catego- reduce the roadway’s potential to divide to prevent billboards from blocking sce- rized under the Spring Mountains Sub-Segment. the community. nic views. Promote outdoor advertising requirements that enhance the design re- Note that the Mojave Desert Vista Landscape De- • Remove impediments to change along quirements of billboards. sign Segment continues into the Central US 95, community Indian Springs’ main street. Al- West US 6, and Central US 50 Corridor. low community enhancement projects to • Identify locations for new wildlife crossings and opportunities to improve existing be realized along the NDOT right-of-way. crossings. 2.32 SECTION FOUR: Mojave Desert Vista Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Scenic Designation

• Apply scenic designation to US 95 between Lee Canyon and Kyle Canyon Scenic Byways to create a scenic loop.

Road Services Program

• Create a connection to recreational opportunities with recreational gateways at the entry into Mount Charleston Wilderness Area at SR 157 and SR 156. (1) Managed landscape character design objectives are critical to this portion of the corridor as its scenic • Provide visitors with opportunities to dis- quality could be affected by growth and development cover the stories and history of the region. pressures from the Las Vegas metropolitan area. Interpret the importance of local cultural resources such as Native American heritage and military facilities.

2.33 Community Interface Range s r Mountain Range lley d e t Preserve Landscape Character t o p nge S rings Va a p R S p e n e ia h 132 120 123 122 121 119 118 d r Range S 131 124 n e 125 I t 130 129 117 Clark County Nye County 128 127 126 a w Indian Springs 116 t in Cactus Springs 115 P 114 Preserve Landscape Character 113 Indian Springs Rest Area 112 MOJAVE DESERT VISTA 111 LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT US 95 110 109 SR 156 to Spring Mountains

108

idge 107 Lee Canyon Recreational Gateway R n Spring Mountains C1 106 Mojave Desert Vista Landscape Design Segment ia and Spring Mountain Sub-Segment continues in d Sub-Segment 105 In the Central US 95, West US 6, and Central US 50 Landscape and Aesthetics Corridor Plan 104 Activity Pull-Off - 4x4 access to Spring Mountains 103 LEGEND

102 SR 156 MOJAVE DESERT VISTA 101 L nyon a LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT a s C e 100 V Le e g Spring Mountains 99 a C1 s Valley Sub-Segment Managed Landscape Character 98 97 Preserve Landscape Character Sp rin 96 g Mountain 95 Managed Landscape Character

94 Community Interface s SR 157 to Spring Mountains 93 92 Kyle Canyon Recreational Gateway Las Vegas Valley Community Gateway Landscape and Aesthetics Element

SR 157 Key Highway Intersection

Regional Trail I - 215

Kyle Canyon LAS I - 215 - I 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH CONTINUE ON MAP B1 VEGAS SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios C1 JW Zunino & Associates MOJAVE DESERT VISTA — DESIGN OBJECTIVES 2.34 PLACES KYLE CANYON TO CLARK COUNTY LINE UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM 2000 FT 3000 FT 4000 FT 2500 FT 3500 FT S

outhern

U County Nye S County Clark UN

LANDSCAPE RESEARCH ARCHITECTURE &PLANNING 95 and MILE 130 LV PRESERVE LANDSCAPE Structures andHardscape Type/Treatment Landscape Type/Treatment Native Revegetation U CHARACTER S C1 Standard

COMMUNITY RESTAREA 93 Regionally Adapted INDIAN SPRINGS landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan Accentuated Enhanced Native MILE 125 Accentuated INDIAN SPRINGS COMMUNITY INTERFACE MILE 120 MOJAVE DESERTVISTALANDSCAPEDESIGNSEGMENT (HORIZONTAL ANDVERTICALSCALESVARY) SPRING MOUNTAINSUB-SEGMENT SR 156TOSPRINGMOUNTAINS PRESERVE LANDSCAPE Native Revegetation MILE 115 RECREATIONAL GATEWAY SCENIC PRESERVATION CHARACTER Enhanced Native Standard MOJAVE DESERTVISTA —LONGITUDINAL SECTION Accentuated Enhanced Native Accentuated LEE CANYONROAD MILE 110 MILE 105 MANAGED LANDSCAPECHARACTER SR 157TOSPRINGMOUNTAINS KYLE CANYON TOCLARK COUNTY LINE Native Revegetation RECREATIONAL GATEWAY Enhanced Native Standard Accentuated Enhanced Native MILE 100 KYLE CANYONROAD Accentuated MILE 95

• • • Indian SpringsCommunityRestArea Lee CanyonRoadRecreationGateway Gateway -SR163toSpringMountains Kyle CanyonRoadRecreational CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill PLACES JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios DESIGN WORKSHOP DESIGN OBJECTIVES SECTION 2.35 C1 2 INDIAN SPRINGS COMMUNITY GATEWAY

3 INDIAN SPRINGS BIKE, PEDESTRIAN, AND EQUESTRIAN LINKAGES Ranger s Range Mountain d e t 5 DEATH VALLEY TRAIL AND SAWMILL TRAIL AWARENESS

t lley Death Valley Historic Trail o p IMPROVE INDIAN SPRINGS HIGHWAY S 6 nge AND COMMUNITY COMPATIBILITY a R p rings Va e p e S h 132 121 120 REGIONAL RIGHT OF WAY BIKE TRAIL 123 122 119 118 n S 131 124 4 125 a 130 129 117 i (ENTIRE SEGMENT) Clark County Nye County 126 128 127 d n Indian Springs 116 I r Range GEOLOGIC POINTS OF INTEREST e 2 t (ENTIRE SEGMENT) Cactus Springs 115 a w SCENIC PRESERVATION 114 t 1 in (ENTIRE SEGMENT) INDIAN SPRINGS COMMUNITY REST AREA 5 113 P LEGEND 112 4 HIGHWAY MAINTENANCE DESERT NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE AND 3 (ENTIRE SEGMENT) NEVADA TEST SITE TRAVEL INFORMATION 111 COMMUNITY OPPORTUNITIES 1. Statewide gateway 110 US 95 2. Community gateway BIGHORN SHEEP CROSSING 2 109 SR 156 to Spring Mountains 3. Pedestrian linkage and circulation 4. Bike and multi-use trail linkage idge 108 R 5. Highway archaeology, cultural, or historic Spring Mountains C1 107 n awareness a i Sub-Segment 106 6. Highway and community compatibility d improvement In 2 BIGHORN SHEEP CROSSING 105 7. Partnerships and resource leveraging The Mojave Desert Vista Landscape Design Segment LEE CANYON RECREATIONAL GATEWAY 2 and Spring Mountain Sub-Segment continue in the 104 TRAVEL AND TOURISM OPPORTUNITIES Central US 95, West US 6, and Central US 50 Landscape 1. Road Services Program and Aesthetics Corridor Plan 103 L 2. Viewpoints and points of interest a s 3. Travel information program 4. Highway art 102 V e SR 156 g 5. Community Rest Area CORN CREEK RANGER STATION AND DESERT a 4 101 NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE AWARENESS anyon s Valley NATURAL RESOURCE AND WILDLIFE e C e 100 OPPORTUNITIES L 1. Environmental resources preservation 99 2. Wildlife movement enhancement 3. Water resources enhancement MOJAVE DESERT VISTA 98 4. Rare, unique, or special natural resource enhancement LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT 97 Sp VIEWS AND LANDMARK OPPORTUNITIES ri 96 ng 1. Highway scenic preservation Mountain LAS VEGAS PAIUTE INDIAN 2 RESERVATION GATEWAY 95 2. Highway scenic improvement 94 ROADWAY PRACTICES AND STRUCTURE OPPORTUNITIES s 93 1. Sound protection or acoustic wall 92 2. Bridge and structure aesthetic KYLE CANYON RECREATIONAL GATEWAY 2 3. Information and directional signage 4. Highway maintenance practices Note: Includes maintenance practices for milled LAS VEGAS VALLEY WESTERN GATEWAY 2 asphalt by-products for entire corridor SR 157 5. Highway facility enhancement SR 157 to Spring Mountains 6. Landform or contour grading enhancement 7. Geometrics, alignment, and land relationship enhancement I - 215 8. Sustainable corridor practice opportunity Kyle Canyon LAS I - 215 - I 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH CONTINUE ON MAP B2 VEGAS SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan Sand County Studios C2 JW Zunino & Associates MOJAVE DESERT VISTA — SPECIFIC FEATURES 2.36 PLACES KYLE CANYON TO CLARK COUNTY LINE UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM SECTION FOUR: Mojave Desert Vista Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

Lee Canyon C1 Managed Landscape Character Nellis Airforce Range

US 95

KYLE CANYON RECREATIONAL GATEWAY 2

LAS VEGAS VALLEY NORTHWESTERN GATEWAY 2

SR 157 to Spring Mountains

Kyle Canyon Recreational Gateway/ Las Vegas Community Gateway LEGEND Native Revegetation Managed Landscape Character Accentuated MOJAVE DESERT VISTA Key Highway Intersection C LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Landscape and Aesthetics Element C1 SPRING MOUNTAINS SUB-SEGMENT

(1) Looking north through the Las Vegas Valley from the US 95 intersection with SR 157 - Kyle Canyon Road. The gateway is located within the Mojave Desert Vista Landscape Design Segment/Spring Mountains Sub-Segment. It will provide a community gateway monument to the Las Vegas metro area and provide access to the recreational activities located along Kyle Canyon.

2.37 Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments SECTION FOUR: Mojave Desert Vista

(1) The fragile nature of the desert environment demands that minimal disturbance occur during (2) Using light-colored and transparent structures helps preserve views to the scenic mountain (3) Banners that advertise community events construction projects and a native revegetation treatment be applied along the entire corridor to restore ranges that border this segment. and amenities should be incorporated directly disturbed areas to their natural state. into lighting elements and presented with consistent color and materials.

(4), (5) Transportation art that represents local ranching and agricultural activities, flora and fauna, or geographic features (6) Artistic embellishments on structures and hardscape (7) Planted and raised medians help slow traffic through gives the visitor insight into the character of the place. elements present a community’s cultural and historical town and create a welcoming environment as travelers storyline in an engaging and visually interesting way. enter a community.

2.38 SECTION FOUR: Mojave Desert Vista Chapter Two — Landscape Design Segments

(1), (2) Recreational gateways should be inviting facilities that provide a variety of services including restrooms, parking, and visitor information. (3) Picnic benches and seating should be located in shaded and comfortable areas that present the desert landscape in a scenic manner.

(4) Historic structures along the corridor should be preserved and (5), (6) Self-weathering materials that share similar qualities of color and texture with the desert landscape help integrate shade structures and picnic areas into their surroundings. promoted through the Statewide Place Name Sign Program.

2.39 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

Design Guidelines

TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION ONE: Design Process Guidelines ...... 3.2 SECTION TWO: Destiny of the West Design Guidelines ...... 3.4 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines ...... 3.6 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines ...... 3.14

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

Purpose Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

PURPOSE OF DESIGN GUIDELINES The guidelines, accompanied by concept dia- How to Use the Design Guidelines grams, sketches, or photographs, demonstrate The Design Guidelines are divided into four sec- Design Guidelines provide the framework for im- ways in which to achieve the design intent. tions as described below. The full design team as proving the aesthetics of existing, new, and retro- well as potential partnering entities, such as com- fit highway projects. They are written statements NDOT will review each project design for consis- munities and other organizations, should be fa- of recommended methods to meet the segment tency with these guidelines and the overall Land- miliar with each section. design objectives. These guidelines are not stan- scape and Aesthetics Corridor Plan. The full de- dards; however, they represent a vision for land- sign team – NDOT staff, communities, engineers, 1) Design Process Guidelines scape and aesthetics across Nevada’s highways. project managers, landscape architects, consul- Describe the necessity of integrating landscape and aesthetics at the beginning tants, contractors, and maintenance crews – is of every project. strongly encouraged to: Guidelines approach corridor aesthetics as a com- 2) Destiny of the West Guidelines prehensive effort, intentionally avoiding a proj- Describe the vision, components, and ect-to-project approach. Guidelines assist in the • Become familiar with design guidelines for management plan for the Destiny of the the design segment in which a project is development of design. Adherence to the guide- West design segment associated with located. The guidelines direct the design Lake Mead, Hoover Dam, and Boulder City. lines in planning, design, and operations accom- toward creating aesthetic unity within the 3) Community and Urban Context Guidelines plishes the following goals: design segment. Describe guidelines for facilities and • Understand the site context. The land- amenities that are primarily influenced by • Interpret the design themes of each landscape surrounding the proposed project local communities, depending on right-of- scape design segment – including predominant materials, colors, way extents. and structures, as well as natural and cul- • Create visual unity among all highway 4) Highway Facilities Guidelines tural resources and social elements – pro- structures and facilities Describe guidelines that are primarily vide direction for enhancement. • Select finishes, color palettes, and surface influenced by NDOT’s standards including patterns that are compatible with the sur- • Seek early review of the project. Changes structures, grading, roadside services, and rounding landscape are much easier to make at the beginning construction practices. • Incorporate transportation art motifs and of the project than at the end. Involving media that represent the landscape design others early in the planning/design process segment themes helps ensure that the project is both economically and aesthetically feasible. (1), (2) The Design Guidelines have been divided into two major categories: those that are directed toward community-based enhancements and those related to highway facilities improvements.

3.1 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION ONE: Design Process Guidelines

SECTION ONE: 1.0 PROJECT DESIGN PROCESS 1.3 Understand the site context, including the LANDSCAPE AND AESTHETICS IS NOT AN 1.1 Integrate landscape and aesthetics at the on- surrounding landscape, and conduct a com- AFTERTHOUGHT TO ENGINEERING, BUT Design Process set of the planning, design, and engineering prehensive analysis. THE STARTING POINT FOR INTEGRATED, Guidelines phases of all highway projects. CONTEXT-SENSITIVE SOLUTIONS. Landscape and aesthetics should not be an • Conduct a comprehensive site analysis for each project. The site inventory for each afterthought to a highway project. project should extend beyond project These guidelines describe the necessity of inte- boundaries to analyze the site and sur- • Landscape and aesthetics are an integral rounding landscape. Ensure the planning grating landscape and aesthetics at the beginning part of the planning, design, and engineer- and design of the highway project respond of every project. ing of all highway projects. to this comprehensive analysis. • NDOT’s structure inventory report regard- • Consider characteristics such as precipita- ing type, size, and location of highway tion, topography, ground cover, size and structures should include information location of plant material, visual condi- on landscape and aesthetics. It should tions, soils, site drainage, rock outcrop- (1) Understanding the existing conditions and also provide justification for proposed pings, and other natural features that are context of the corridor is a critical part of the design process. structures that do not meet the design located on, and surrounding, the site. Ad- guidelines. ditionally, archaeological and cultural re- • Engineering design should incorporate sources and categories, such as historical landscape and aesthetics to create high- settlement, are important. way structures and facilities that are effective, safe, and aesthetically appealing.

1.2 Understand the design segment theme and select design concepts that interpret the theme.

(2) Computer simulation of a planned highway • Review the vision and objective for the at the conceptual phase of the project. landscape design segment as described in the Corridor Plan and ensure that the theme guides the project design • Understand the site context, including the viewshed analysis and landscape design segment objectives described within the Plan • Ensure project design successfully interprets the landscape design segment theme (3) Photo simulation of a highway project helps visualize the physical design.

3.2 SECTION ONE: Design Process Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

1.4 Use a variety of sketches, three-dimen- • Design new projects that are low sional modeling, and other tools to visual- maintenance. ize and detail the highway. • Consider maintenance routines required for the design program, and identify ar- As the level of design progresses from gen- eas that may need additional attention. eral to specific, highway layout and facilities • Create maintenance agreements with should be visualized through a variety of local agencies as necessary to establish methods to create a high quality system. appropriate practices and levels of maintenance over the life of the project. 1.5 Visualize design concepts in three dimensions. Plan view design does not accurately represent the experience of the traveler along the highway or illustrate issues of visual design. Therefore, it is important to understand design concepts in their three-di- mensional framework.

• Utilize sketches, models, and digital visualization tools. “Roadway Explorer” is an excellent tool to utilize for this purpose.

1.6 Consider landscape and aesthetics costs in conjunction with baseline costs. Landscape and aesthetics should be considered simultaneously with a project’s capital budget and estimates. In addition to determining a project’s baseline construction cost, allocation of budgets and resources for landscape and aesthetics should be clearly outlined at the start of a project.

1.7 Estimate maintenance costs during design to calculate the total life cycle cost for landscape and aesthetic treatments. (4) Utilizing several different methods of design study and visualization results in an Maintenance is a key component to integrated and context sensitive solution. the success of landscape and aesthetic treatments.

3.3 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION TWO: Destiny of the West Design Guidelines

SECTION TWO: 1.0 DESTINY OF THE WEST DESIGN PRINCIPLES Destiny of the West 1.1 Create an environmentally sensitive high- Design Guidelines way that preserves the scenic quality of the Hoover Dam area. The vision is organized around the idea that the road is an integral part of the landscape. Guidelines described under the Destiny of the As such, it should respond to and be respect- West Design Principles set the vision of highway ful of the land and the spirit of place. The aesthetics for roadways within and entering into experience and importance of the highway the Boulder City/Hoover Dam area. These guide- should include the surrounding Eldorado lines are in addition to the community and urban and River Mountains, Lake Mead, Colorado context and highway facilities guidelines de- River, Mojave Desert plants, wildlife, and res- scribed in sections three and four. idents of Boulder City. The road should serve as a model for highways, providing access to highly utilized recreation destinations while maintaining an elevated level of environmental sensitivity. An opportunity exists (1) Enhanced guidelines and treatment levels should be used to reinforce the cultural and natural significance of the Destiny of the West design segment. for the alignment, design, and construction of the Hoover Dam and Boulder City Bypass to follow these guidelines and serve as an example of context-sensitive highway design.

1.2 Utilize enhanced guidelines for nationally significant areas. An elevated standard is applied to areas of national significance. Hoover Dam and its surrounding landscape represent an important piece of United States history and displays a very high level of scenic quality. Therefore, a foundational landscape type of accentuated hardscape with native revegetation softscape should exist for the Hoover Dam sub-segment, located within the Destiny of the West Landscape Design

Segment. Features such as concrete barri- (2) Much of the land adjacent to this corridor is owned by (3) The Hoover Dam’s historic and national importance ers, retaining walls, and drainage elements federal agencies. Partnerships are necessary to manage demands an accentuated level of treatment for all design. long-term scenic quality. 3.4 SECTION TWO: Destiny of the West Design Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

should feature aesthetic treatments that re- 1.4 Partner with existing federal agencies to cre- spond to the landscape setting. Additional spe- ate a consistent vision and manage the high- cific guidelines describing elevated treatments way for long-term scenic quality. for this section of roadway are included within US 93, near Hoover Dam, is not recommended the individual guideline sections. for scenic byway designation because the majority of land adjacent to the roadway is under 1.3 Design components of the Destiny of federal ownership. However, coordination with the West. the federal agencies involved is critical to de- Due to the high level of tourism and recreation veloping a comprehensive vision for the cor- at the Hoover Dam, a coordinated system of ridor. Individual management plans should be rest areas and viewpoints should be established consulted to identify and address any conflict- and linked by shared-use trails. The rest area ing ideas. Eventually, an overall management should include a state welcome center that plan should be created through a team-based (1) The scenic quality of the Destiny of the West segment is especially valuable and should be presented to visitors works in concert with the Hoover Dam inter- approach that clearly defines methods to pro- through a coordinated system of rest areas and viewpoints. pretive facility and provides additional travel tect and enhance the roadway’s defining sce- information for the state of Nevada. This sys- nic and environmental qualities. tem will establish specific areas for travelers to park and experience the scenic beauty of the area and help ease congestion resulting from roadside parking and sight-seeing.

A system of specific signage and interpretive elements can promote awareness of the historical importance and environmental aspects of this area. Welcome centers, rest areas, and scenic viewpoints provide an excellent venue for signage and information that enhances the visitor experience and understanding of the area.

Wildlife habitat corridors should be incorporated throughout the highway’s design and retro- fits should occur to increase connectivity.

3.5 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines SECTION THREE: SECTION TABLE of CONTENTS Community and Urban 1.0 Community Gateways ...... 3.7 Context Guidelines 2.0 Community-based Street Systems ...... 3.8 3.0 Sidewalks ...... 3.9 4.0 Street Trees and Planting Strips ...... 3.10 5.0 Graphics and Signage ...... 3.13 These guidelines include facilities that are primarily influenced by local community desires but may benefit from NDOT’s support. A community’s highway is important and serves as a primary component of the public realm. Even though NDOT is not responsible for facilities outside of the right-of- way, it recognizes the need to work with local jurisdictions to create context sensitive solutions.

NDOT understands the need for flexibility, and it functions as a facilitator in supporting a community’s vision and goals for the highway. The guidelines found in this section are meant to enhance established traffic engineering and road design practice. No single solution will transform a community’s highway through downtown. Rather, communities should carefully evaluate and consider several options, thoroughly understanding the issues at hand in order to create a highway that fulfills the collective goals of the partnership established between the community and NDOT. Neither NDOT nor the community can accomplish the goals on their own.

3.6 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

1.0 COMMUNITY GATEWAYS Highlight community entrances with clear 1.1 Establish gateways that clearly express and attractive signage, using landscape ma- community identity. terials that reflect the community character. Gateways are highly visible areas specially Execute the design in a clear, consistent, and designed and maintained to convey the first bold manner. Repetition of the design is the impression and identity of neighborhoods, basis for the unique identity of the corridor. communities, towns, cities, and regions. • Signage should be appropriately sized • Provide an impressive visual aesthetic and incorporated into an architectural or sculptural element consistent with the • Utilize appropriate landscape and/or community’s character, the environmen- structural techniques to screen unsightly tal context, and the corridor’s theme. land uses • Landscape plantings should include lay- ers of low water-use plant material ar- 1.2 Integrate the gateway into the highway ranged to enhance the architectural ele- facilities. ments and reinforce the transition into the community. Gateways should be part of a larger design intent, coordinate with community (1) A thoughtful combination of hardscape and softscape elements will enhance community gateways. facilities, and use materials that are found 1.4 Locate gateways at likely future growth throughout the town. Refer to Softscape boundaries. and Hardscape Types and Treatments (pag- Community gateways mark the entrances/ es 1.3-1.9) and Softscape Type Guidelines exits and designate the transition to in- (pages 3.40-3.46), for more details about the creased development. Gateways marking types of features and plants to consider for downtowns may be used to improve com- community gateways. munity identity and draw motorists into the heart of town. • Community gateways need to be integrated with highway structures and • Downtown gateways should complement landscape. the community gateway while reflecting • Architectural elements may include trans- the special character of the city center. portation art, rock walls, accent lighting, and signage. (2) Artistic sculptural elements add a focal touch to 1.5 Engage agencies and organizations in the community gateways. • Utilize bridges to establish community identity. planning and design process. • Ensure that community gateways are Engage applicable state and local agencies, distinctive, memorable, and functional. as well as local stakeholders and organizations in the planning, design, and imple- (3) Entry monuments that can be recognized from a 1.3 Ensure community gateways contribute to mentation of community gateways. distance introduce travelers to upcoming communities. community identity and clearly define community identity points.

3.7 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines

2.0 COMMUNITY-BASED STREET Truck traffic requires more space for turn- MANAGE LANDSCAPE COMMUNITY TRANSITION SYSTEMS ISSUES ing movements and increases noise levels and CHARACTER • Zone between down town 2.1 Consider improvements to the surrounding fumes within the community. Wide streets • Areas of growing or and undeveloped edge planned development cuts • Curb and cross st reets street system before widening the highway discourage pedestrian activity and can harm • Indications of potential generously spaced through communities. the town’s economic potential. community expansion • Buildings set back from right- of-way Wide streets discourage pedestrian activity in an otherwise natural setting • Vehicular and pedestrian • Diverting truck traffic away from the local needs are balanced and have a negative economic impact. Sec- • Vehicular needs main street may distribute traffic loads • Pedestrian crossings at ondary streets that are not performing well dominate this zone more evenly and improve the function of signalized intersections influence the way in which a highway oper - • Infrequent pedestrian lane• Bike or shar ed-use path the main street. crossings easily integrated ates as a community main street. Improve- • Vehicular traffic should continue through • Frontage roads are • Buildings have parking in ments to other major and minor streets im - main street where feasible in order to sup - common front to• Low mid cost treatments pact the functionality of a main street. port community businesses and facilities. • Low cost treatments are appropriate are appropriate BOULDER • Parallel streets should have few interrup - CITY tions and maintain a fairly direct connec- • Traffic improvements should be consid- tion that may be improved to accommo- US 93 ered in context with surrounding trans- date truck traffic. portation patterns. Improvements to other streets allow potential lane width reductions along the highway and pro - 2.4 Avoid bypasses and only use them in limited vide additional space for landscape and applications. aesthetics. N Bypasses are utilized to divert traffic around • Improvements to surrounding city streets (1) As highways travel through communities, the function of the road changes from high speed automobile travel to may include utilizing parallel streets, communities, particularly when heavy traf - pedestrian-oriented main streets. implementing a truck bypass, improving fic conditions obstruct the functionality the local street network, and using paral - of main street. However, bypasses reduce lel, one-way streets. the interaction between travelers and communities. 2.2 Shorter blocks encourage pedestrian activ - ity and provide more corner lots, essential • A bypass may work in certain cases where for local businesses. the highway is designated as part of the Short blocks with connecting streets char- freight system or heavy traffic volumes overload a well-designed street system. acterize traditional main streets. • If a bypass is used, maintain connectivity for bicyclists and pedestrians and provide • Where possible, utilize short blocks of up direct connections back to community to 400 feet to encourage pedestrian ac - business districts. (2) Parallel one-way street systems may tivity in downtowns. be used to improve traffic patterns and provide additional space for landscape and pedestrian improvements. 2.3 Consider routing trucks onto a parallel street and encourage automobile traffic through main street.

3.8 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

3.0 SIDEWALKS 3.4 Use distinctive paving to highlight sidewalk 3.1 Provide a 10 to 15 foot sidewalk width for areas immediately adjacent to the inside downtown areas where possible. face of curb. A wider sidewalk allows for more pedestrian Sidewalk areas can be organized into two activities along the street. zones – the amenity zone and the pedestrian zone. The amenity zone is adjacent to • Additional width may be required to ac- the curb and should be a minimum of two commodate transit shelters, outdoor feet, but preferably four feet or greater, de- dining, and retail. (1) Eight foot sidewalks allow two-way pending on the sidewalk width. pedestrian traffic and minimal street • A sidewalk may be eight feet wide in con- furnishings. strained circumstances. Minimum side- (5) Wider sidewalks allow for a broad range of pedestrian walk width is six feet. • Distinctive paving treatments may be amenities such as benches, lighting, and outdoor dining. used in this area to distinguish it from pedestrian movement areas. 3.2 Provide continuous sidewalks throughout • Treatments should be consistent over a downtown areas. block length, but may vary from block to The ability of pedestrians to access and block. move through downtown areas depends on • Street trees, planters, benches, transit shelters, signs, utility poles, and other el- the connectivity of sidewalks and paths, as ements are located in the amenity zone. well as appropriate design and placement of (2) Ten foot sidewalks provide • Elements should be grouped together or enhanced user comfort and space. crosswalks. placed in a way that leaves a minimum open area of eight feet between them, allowing passage from the sidewalk to the • Establish connections to other sidewalks (6) Important road intersections and pedestrian or path systems where town centers street. crossings can be identified with stamped concrete or transition into suburban or rural areas. changes in paving material. 3.5 Provide pleasant seating opportunities 3.3 In town centers, provide pedestrian ame- along every block in the downtown area. nities (benches, drinking fountains, transit Seating is essential in a comfortable pedes- shelters, kiosks, trash receptacles, newspa- trian environment. (3) 12 foot sidewalks allow room for per racks, banners, and decorations). outdoor dining and sidewalk displays. Streetscapes that appear lively and inviting at- • Arrange seating to accommodate a vari- tract travelers and support local businesses. ety of views. • Locate benches and gathering spaces to absorb sun on cold days and provide shade • Street furnishings should be consistent on hot days. with surrounding architectural styles and the overall landscape segment theme. • Ensure that communities commit to maintain and clean street furniture as part of • Maintain a minimum five feet of clear maintenance agreements that are negoti- space around street furniture to accom- ated prior to construction. modate pedestrian movement. (7) Continuous sidewalks, street trees, and pedestrian • Provide wide sidewalks and curb exten- (4) 15 foot sidewalks create space for amenities are part of a complete main street system that sions as locations for benches. high levels of pedestrian activity. enhances community character and pedestrian safety. 3.9 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines

3.6 Consider under-grounding utilities to provide • Locate bus pull-outs on the far-side loca- additional space for sidewalk enhancements. tion of intersections. Utilities should be consolidated to minimize • Minimize conflicts between vehicles, pas- sengers, pedestrians, and cyclists poles and other sidewalk obstructions.

• Coordinate signage with utility poles 3.8 Consider using artistic paving and historical where feasible. marker insets to accentuate downtown areas. • Avoid placing signs and utilities in pedestrian areas. • Celebrate distinctive areas with accentuated paving materials. 3.7 Incorporate transit shelters to promote pe- • Consult artists for ideas to improve the destrian and non-motorized transportation community downtown. (NMT) opportunities. • Paving patterns should coordinate with intersection designs and overall commu- Coordinate transit stops with local transpor- nity character (see illus. 2). tation agencies or Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPO).

(1), (2) Enhanced paving patterns set within a main street environment show community character and cue pedestrians toward safe circulation.

4.0 STREET TREES AND PLANTING STRIPS • Consider common insect and disease prob- 4.1 Carefully select plant species. lems that consistently require maintenance, or are life threatening. • Maintain storefront visibility and reduce pe- • Select trees that thrive in the local climate destrian conflicts by selecting trees whose and consider species whose roots, seasonal form remains intact when limbed up seven flowers or fruit will not disrupt sidewalks to eight feet. • Evaluate trees based on site-specific charac- • Consider tree height over traffic lanes. Can- teristics as well as design intent. opies should appear natural when trimmed • Considerations for physical characteristics in- to 13 feet. clude form, height, spread, height to canopy • Select plants that will provide a variety of or- bottom, canopy density, trunk size, root habit, namental characteristics, such as seasonal rate of growth, and longevity. color, texture, bark, and foliage. • Consider habitat requirements affecting • Plant species according to the softscape type plant growth, including soil type, soil oxy- and treatment designated by the design ob- gen deficiency resistance, salt resistance, jectives. irrigation need, shade tolerance, heat tolerance, air pollution resistance, and wind re- • Avoid planting a single species in subur- sistance. ban areas due to the risk of a single pest or disease that could destroy an entire street • Minimize maintenance costs by avoiding trees tree planting. with excessive maintenance requirements in- (1) Low maintenance, drought-resistant plant materials are ideal selections for median and sidewalk plantings cluding flowers, foliage, fruit, and twigs. along this corridor. 3.10 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

• Downtown districts may be highlighted 4.4 Utilize hanging baskets, containers, and through a formalized street tree pattern. other vertical elements where feasible. In areas of limited rights-of-way, hanging 4.2 Properly place trees in sidewalk conditions. baskets, moveable planters, and other verti- Maximize the lifespan of trees to reduce cal elements may be used to provide struc- the cost of tree replacement. ture or to accent street tree plantings.

• Protect trees from damage by car doors. • Hanging baskets may be incorporated Where on-street parking is provided, al- into the street design and attached to low adequate room between trees and light fixtures or buildings to provide vi- cars (two feet minimum, three feet to sual relief and enhance the aesthetics. four feet ideal). Trees may be placed • Baskets may be replaced with wreaths or between parking spaces to minimize other seasonal accents during dormant damage. seasons. Allow for root aeration and potential water • • Moveable planters add flexibility to the harvesting through the use of tree wells streetscape design. (four foot by four foot minimum, five foot by five foot ideal). Dry-set pavers may also • Avoid placing containers within clear be used, ensuring adequate root aeration. zones and immediately adjacent to curbs where high levels of heat and vehicle ex- • Consider light placement as part of tree haust are more prevalent. spacing and placement (typically 25 feet (1) This mixed line of street trees aids in wayfinding and provides much needed shade in the desert climate. to 40 feet). • No container should be used if planter widths exceed 25% of the entire side- Place trees so they do not block vehicular • walk width. site lines or building accessways. Main- tain visibility of traffic signals, directional • Select neutral container colors that har- signage and access to entry drives. monize with brick pavers, concrete sidewalks, most building facades, and the countless color combinations produced 4.3 Street tree plantings may be varied to dis- by annual plantings. tinguish downtown areas from transition • Container design should be simple and zones and accentuate wayfinding. understated. • Use a consistent planter type within com- (3) Strategically-located bike racks make Small trees in combination with medium and alternative means of transportation more munities and provide groupings where large trees can reinforce wayfinding in towns. convenient. possible. Containers should be sited near street corners (as long as clear visibility is • Distinctive trees may be used within maintained for drivers), to flank entranc- downtown areas to distinguish them es to landmark buildings, or to physically from other commercial areas. and visually define outdoor café spaces. • Key intersections and gateways may be • Combined height of containers and designated by clustering smaller trees or plantings should not obstruct the view of other distinctive groupings. either motorists or pedestrians at street intersections and access drives.

(2) The use of a continuous line of street trees in a downtown (4) Tree grates protect trees from unwanted root environment improves visual connectivity and place making. compaction along street environments. 3.11 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines

4.5 Buffer sidewalk from the roadway through 4.7 Use engineered planting soil for street tree the use of planting strips or raised planters plantings. where possible. Trees planted in urban conditions and as Planting strips provide opportunities to ab- part of street tree programs face unique sorb runoff water and decrease overall drain- challenges. The soil under adjacent side- age requirements. walks and roadways is typically compacted to support the paving. This compaction in- • Where space is not required for widened hibits root growth and spread, causing shal- sidewalks or on-street parking, provide low root growth and tree stress. Engineered planting strips (ideal five feet minimum width) or raised planters (see illus. 1). planting soils include mixtures of soil, loam, • Planting strip design should consider stone, water, and a moisture-retaining poly- the placement of benches, signs, bicycle mer or sand that transfers weight-bearing racks, and other street furniture. loads from stone to stone in the gravel, leav- • Raised planters should incorporate seat ing the soil between the stones unaffected walls to provide additional pedestrian by compaction. This type of engineered soil seating. creates a larger rooting volume with in- • Consider providing three feet of hard surface between planting strips and parallel creased porosity, nutrient-holding capacity, on-street parking to accommodate mo- and drainage for a healthier environment for (1) Planting strips (five foot minimum width) provide (2) Using a variety of species protects plantings from torists upon exit from their vehicles. aesthetic enhancement and increase pedestrian safety disease and creates a more visually interesting street tree root growth. by buffering sidewalks from the roadway. quality.

4.6 Ensure that communities commit to main- • Engineered planting soils should be used tain and provide irrigation for streetscape around root balls of street trees. plantings. • Continuous trenches of engineered The success of a streetscape program within planting soil are recommended between street trees. communities requires dedication to mainte- • Locate trenches parallel to curbs and un- nance and irrigation of planted areas. der non-mortared brick pavers. Trenches provide greater volumes of soil for root • Streetscape plantings should not be pro- growth and permit air and water to reach vided without community endorsement tree zones. and support. • Avoid spray irrigation systems where possible, and do not overspray onto walkways and into gutters. • Irrigation and maintenance may be funded through community beautification committees and other community organizations. (3) Moveable elements such as concrete planters and benches allow for flexibility within the sidewalk system.

3.12 SECTION THREE: Community and Urban Context Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

5.0 GRAPHICS AND SIGNAGE 5.4 Use distinctive signage to direct motorists 5.1 Create a standard system of signage that through the heart of the community. aids wayfinding within communities while Truck traffic is often not desirable within also providing information about local fa- downtown areas and separate truck routes cilities and organizations. may be established. Vehicular and tourist traffic, however, is sought after. • Provide a coordinated signage system that reflects the distinctive character of • Ensure that signage appropriately directs special districts. vehicular traffic to promote tourism and • Graphics can take the form of signs, ban- support local businesses. ners, information kiosks, or pavement in- scriptions or inlays. 5.5 Coordinate light fixture design with graph- • Materials and designs should be clear and simple, so as to be easily read and quickly ics and signage. understood by pedestrians or motorists, as appropriate. • Banners may be incorporated into light fixtures and should be considered as part of the design. Graphics should be consis- 5.2 Locate and size signage and graphics so that tently displayed. they are easily read and understood by both (1), (2) Banners and signage can be used to advertise community events and amenties. These should be displayed in a • Customized light fixtures reinforce con- consistent manner with lighting elements and directly incorporated onto light poles when possible. cars and pedestrians. text-sensitive solutions.

• Pedestrian-scaled signage should be 5.6 Utilize a consistent color palette within lo- placed at heights that can be easily seen from the sidewalk (see illus. 3). cal communities. • Signage designed for motorists can be Local jurisdictions may choose a color pal- larger, and placed at heights and intervals ette for fixtures and amenities that corre- that can be easily seen and understood at sponds with the community’s vision. higher traveling speeds. • Colors should respond to the natural set- 5.3 Provide community graphics such as ban- ting and subtly enhance the community ners to promote special events and define without overpowering the streetscape design. special districts and neighborhoods. • Color should complement the NDOT col- or palette for structures within the right- • Create a coordinated system of signage of-way. that describes community events and reinforces community character. • Banners that span the roadway should be used sparingly and in more commercial locations. Banners can be installed per- (3) A wayfinding map placed at a highly visible manently, or as seasonal and temporary downtown location can be an important device to forms of signage. guide tourists to local businesses.

3.13 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

SECTION FOUR: SECTION TABLE of CONTENTS 1.0 Welcome Centers and Non-interstate Statewide Gateways ...... 3.15 Highway Facilities 2.0 Rest Areas, Viewpoints, and Pull-offs ...... 3.16 Guidelines 3.0 Transportation Art ...... 3.19 4.0 Signage ...... 3.21 5.0 Color Palette Application ...... 3.23 6.0 Roadway Design ...... 3.24 These guidelines pertain to highway facilities that 7.0 Medians ...... 3.25 are primarily influenced by NDOT’s standards, in- 8.0 Pedestrian Crossings ...... 3.26 cluding structures, grading, roadside services, and 9.0 Non-motorized Transportation Systems (NMT) ...... 3.28 construction practices. The guidelines found in this 10.0 Bridges ...... 3.29 section are meant to enhance established traffic 11.0 Noise Reduction and Walls ...... 3.32 engineering and road design practice. No single 12.0 Concrete Barriers and Guardrails ...... 3.34 solution will transform the highway. Partnerships 13.0 Lighting ...... 3.35 may be created with communities and other agen- 14.0 Fencing ...... 3.36 cies and organizations to accomplish landscape 15.0 Grading and Retaining Walls ...... 3.36 and aesthetic treatments in addition to support- 16.0 Rock Cut and Excavation ...... 3.37 ing landscape and aesthetic elements that impact 17.0 Drainage ...... 3.38 areas outside of the right-of-way. Established part- 18.0 Erosion Control ...... 3.38 nerships and design teams should carefully evalu- 19.0 Water Harvesting ...... 3.39 ate and consider several options and thoroughly 20.0 Irrigation ...... 3.40 understand the issues at hand in order to create a 21.0 Softscape Types and Treatments ...... 3.40 highway that fulfills their collective goals. Neither 22.0 Wildlife Crossings and Protection ...... 3.47 NDOT, communities, nor other agencies or organi- 23.0 Construction Practices ...... 3.48 zations can accomplish the goals on their own. 24.0 Maintenance Facilities and Practices ...... 3.49 25.0 Recommendations for Sustainable Highway Environments ...... 3.50

3.14 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

1.0 WELCOME CENTERS AND NON- INTERSTATE STATEWIDE GATEWAYS 1.1 Provide a vibrant, visually rich welcome center at Boulder City. Promote and provide information about statewide travel opportunities and services. Promote the welcome center as an important civic facility, and ensure that it maintains a strong visual presence. The gateway welcome center should convey the identity of Nevada, ensuring that the entry experience is notable and memorable. Welcome centers should also signify departure from Nevada, leaving the traveler with a positive memory. Program components offered at centers include interpretation of time, history and the Mojave Desert landscape. Con- duct a feasibility study to determine the ap- (1) The gateway at the California-Nevada border along US (2) Use of existing materials and patterns in 95 should consist of simple design elements. propriate location for the welcome center statewide gateways accentuate connection to place and history. and potential partnerships for construction, operation, and maintenance.

1.2 Provide non-interstate statewide gateway fe atures crafted from the land and place where US 95 enters Nevada from California. Use local materials and vernacular forms in combinations that subtly reinforce the character of the local landscape. Non- interstate gateway features should be understated and relate to the scale of the road. Each statewide gateway feature shall include the Nevada name and state seal, feature stone material from local sources, and use planting types identified in the landscape design segment.

(3) Welcome centers should present local culture, materials, and architecture in a dramatic fashion to communicate the region’s identity and attract visitors. 3.15 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

2.0 REST AREAS, VIEWPOINTS, AND PULL-OFFS • Avoid using makeshift, adapted site facilities 2.1 Provide a comprehensive roadside service with no distinctive architectural style. program. • Concrete barriers and brightly painted pole bollards should not be used for parking de- Roadside services are key components of the high- lineation or site boundaries at rest areas and way corridor, particularly where long distances pull-offs. separate developed areas. Provide a comprehen- • Sustainable architecture may be appropriate sive roadside service program throughout the for many highway service areas where water, energy, and landscape resources are difficult corridor. The road services matrix on the opposite to secure and maintain. page describes varying levels of service stops and • Provide lighting in scale with the site associated program elements. Refer to the Specif- development. ic Corridor Features maps (pages 2.17, 2.18, 2.27, • Articulate space, frame views, and provide 2.36) for potential road service facility locations. shade with landscape plantings and/or architectural features. • Locate rest areas to provide safe stopping points. 2.3 Retrofit existing rest areas. • Connect rest areas located in highly utilized Analyze existing rest area structures, buildings, recreation areas with a shared use trail. amenities, and layout for their visual interest. • Incorporate facilities for transit stops where Renovate to improve the aesthetics and user necessary. (1) Using architecture to frame scenic views helps connect visitors to the larger landscape. comfort of existing road service facilities. • Buffer roadside services from the highway, or provide an access road when located off the highway. 2.4 Locate viewpoints and points of interest to take • Consider major site resources and features advantage of visual access to the features of such as topography, views and vistas, unique interest. vegetation, geological features, wetlands, and other qualities native to the site and its Give special attention to existing or potential surroundings. views, vistas, and cultural or historical attractions • Consider siting activity pull-offs where they that are unique to the site or have outstanding provide access to activities located adjacent resource value, such as Native American heri- the highway. tage and emigrant history. Locate viewpoints at • Locate truck parking so as to not disrupt views the following locations: and other features.

• Eldorado Valley (US 95) 2.2 Ensure rest area design reflects the local setting. • Hoover Dam (US 93) All rest areas, viewpoints, and pull-offs should • Railroad Pass (US 95) readily accommodate travel needs and reflect • Kyle Canyon (US 95) the corridor’s design theme. • Lee Canyon (US 95) • Indian Springs (US 95) • Utilize vernacular forms and local materials to (2) Viewpoints should be placed at key viewing areas, (3) Road service facilities that use local materials and create rest areas that blend seamlessly with and built with materials and forms reflective of their color palettes blend into the landscape and maintain the surrounding landscape. surroundings. the unique character of the place. 3.16 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

ROAD SERVICES MATRIX Description Landscape Treatment Program Elements

ROADSIDE Roadside pull-offs provide facilities for drivers to exit the highway for a brief • Native plant revegetation to en- • Site-specific interpretive signage period. Facilities and minimal parking are provided to accommodate the ab- hanced native landscape types • No toilets or running water PULL-OFF • Trash containers breviated stay. (Referred to as “Rest Stop” under former NDOT naming conven- • Standard hardscape type • Limited car and Recreational Vehicle parking tions.) • Scenic overlooks • Located according to unique or outstanding features • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure)

VIEWPOINTS Viewpoints and points of interest present opportunities to view unique vistas, • Native plant revegetation to en- • Located according to travelers’ needs and unique site features geologic and historic features, or cultural landmarks. Interpretive elements are hanced native landscape types • Site-specific interpretive signage AND POINTS • Toilets/no running water integrated into the site design, and Place Name Signage and Travel Information • Standard to accentuated hardscape • Handicap accessible OF elements are provided to establish the relationship between highway and place. types • Picnic tables and shade structures • Trash containers INTEREST Typically, the length of stay is short and parking is limited. • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking • Telescopes/viewfinders • Nature walks or short trails • Seating Areas • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) BASIC REST Basic rest areas are located throughout the state offering site specific inter- • Enhanced native landscape type • Located according to traveler’s needs • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking pretive information. They offer limited restroom facilities and may or may not • Standard to accentuated hardscape and unique site features • Paved truck parking AREA AND • Site-specific interpretive signage • Nature walks or short trails include running water, depending on availability. Typically, these rest areas are types • Toilets/no running water • Seating Areas COMMUNITY located adjacent to scenic views, unique historical, cultural or environmental • Emergency call box • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) • Handicap accessible • Local community information REST AREA features. Community rest areas provide facilities within the town’s infrastruc- • Picnic tables and shade structures ture and function as a pocket park or town square. • Trash containers COMPLETE Complete rest areas are typically located at 60-mile intervals throughout the • Regionally adapted landscape type • Regional interpretive signage • Recreational Vehicle dump station state and are usually situated outside of developed areas. They feature fully- • Focal hardscape type • Running water and flushing toilets • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking REST AREA • Emergency call box and telephones • Paved truck parking operable facilities in combination with interpretive information on regionally • Drinking fountains • Telescopes/viewfinders significant cultural and historical sites. Complete Rest Areas also provide trav- • Vending machine services (at manned • Interpretive and overlook features sites) • Children’s play area elers with picnic facilities and include children’s play areas and pet areas. • Handicap accessible • Pet rest facilities • Picnic tables and shade structures • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) • Trash containers • Local community information • Bicycle storage units

GATEWAY Gateway facilities convey first impressions and identity. Special features may • Regionally adapted landscape type Program elements are consistent with the type of Road Service Area provided. be incorporated to highlight the area through design interpretation of the • Landmark hardscape type REST AREA Specific elements include: place. Gateways may be associated with any level of rest stop in the listing. The • Regional services information incorporation of local community information regarding amenities, events and • Interpretation of regional sites and features • Information on regional recreational attractions interpretative elements, improves the interface between the highway and the communities it serves.

WELCOME Welcome centers are located along major entry routes to the state. They offer • Regionally adapted landscape type • Located at major entry routes to state • Trash containers introductions to the state and travelers can find access to useful travel infor- • Landmark hardscape type • Informational Services • Bicycle storage units CENTER • Staffed visitor center • Paved car and Recreational Vehicle parking mation. Welcome centers include a staffed information kiosk. • State-wide interpretive signage • Paved truck parking • Running water/flushing toilets • Improved trails • Emergency call box and telephones • Children’s play area • Drinking fountains • Pet rest facilities • Vending machine services • Shade canopy (vegetation or structure) • Handicap accessible • Telescopes/viewfinders • Picnic areas and shade structures

3.17 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

• Design the viewpoint to reflect the surrounding setting and unique features. • Coordinate the preservation and management of scenic vistas and unique features with the appropriate organizations and groups. • Evaluate viewpoints periodically to ensure the integrity of the view. • Consider the use of scenic easements to protect views and vistas. • Limit the construction of outdoor advertising and other elements and structures that detract from the quality of the landscape. (2) Connections to regional trail systems can be incorporated (3) Self-weathering materials should be used for at recreational gateways, viewpoints, and rest areas. architectural elements at rest areas and viewpoints.

2.5 Coordinate locations of rest areas with recreational access points. Coordinate locations of rest areas with regional trail systems.

• Coordinate with appropriate agencies to provide informational signage for recreational activities. • Coordinate the location of park-and-ride Point of most significant views lots, rest areas, and activity pull-offs with Trail (4) Local materials and colors can be used to integrate (5) Shade structures should be designed to disappear in transit stops to encourage use of public parking areas into the natural setting. their surroundings. transportation, particularly in areas of heavy tourist traffic. Trail

2.6 Provide community rest areas within designated towns.

Community rest areas have the dual benefit Parking of serving as town parks and engaging trav- Return to highway Landscaping materials signal elers with local businesses. entry and exit points

Earth-shaping and • Develop community rest areas through vegetation to block views and screen highway noise cooperative agreements with local municipalities. • Provide information about local and re- (1) Prototypical viewpoint / point of interest. (6) Interpretive signage included along trails inform (7) Viewpoints that are elevated from the ground can be gional activities, businesses, and points of travelers about their surroundings. used to attract visitors. interest.

3.18 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

3.0 TRANSPORTATION ART 3.3 Ensure artwork expresses an excellence of crafts- 3.1 Engage artists early in the design and develop- manship, quality, truthfulness, and originality. ment stages of highway projects to ensure an in- Transportation art should complement the overall tegrated and comprehensive art program. design of highway facilities. Materials and forms Transportation art should not be an afterthought should be carefully considered to ensure the long- or decoration. term suitability of the project.

• Incorporate art in the design process as a means • Select a composition of materials that are du- of interpreting the corridor’s theme rable for the projected life span of the project. • Integrate art as part of the functional aspect of • Avoid the use of ready-made, randomly placed, highway facilities stand-alone objects, or imprints that portray • Artists should coordinate with community little meaning. members, landscape architects, and architects • Use evocative artistic expressions that engage throughout the design process observers and complement highway structures • Scale artwork based on travel speed, slope and and the surrounding landscape. sight distance • Elements of highway art should not be obvi- ous or forced. Rather, transportation art should depict an excellence of craftsmanship, quality, 3.2 Create regionally appropriate and meaningful art. truthfulness, and originality. Art enhances the travel experience and can create (1) Transportation art should be as interesting when seen from a distance as it is in close proximity. the first impression of a place. Transportation art 3.4 Consider each art piece as part of a larger whole. should clearly express a meaning and purpose that Highway art can be carefully crafted, giving the relates to the surrounding locale, the unique cul- simplest of all elements a very powerful effect. ture and environment of the area, and the travel When planning transportation art, the entire experience. Patterns and objects used thoughtful- design segment and overall corridor should be ly, and even abstractly, can and should evoke a re- considered. sponse that connects travelers to the uniqueness of the site and/or the surrounding landscape. • Consider views to the surrounding landscape. • Art should to be scaled at a size relative to the • Patterns imprinted on a highway structure surrounding landscape and highway speed. should be designed as an artistic composition • Avoid distracting art pieces. Consider glance of objects, imprints, or patterns. recognition and the intensity of surrounding • Patterns should offer a level of complexity and features in order to prevent safety issues. interest appropriate to the place and highway travel speed. • Avoid the use of repetitive, overused symbols and patterns. • Consider artwork that utilizes light and shadow to create pattern and images. • Avoid monotony in the duplication of repeti- (2) Street elements can be designed as artful (3) Transportation art can be designed as a part of objects. all highway elements including bridges, walls, and tive literal pictorial application. drainage basins. 3.19 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

3.5 Ensure transportation art supports the Land- • Native American heritage scape Design Segment themes. • Mining Transportation art is not a typical project, and • Death Valley Historic Trail the choice of appropriate subject matter and • Mountain views media is essential to obtaining the desired ex- • Geology pression for each landscape design segment • Nevada Test Site theme. Choose art subjects that support the • Yucca Mountain landscape design segments’ themes, such as: • Desert National Wildlife Refuge • Humboldt-Toiyabe National Forest Mountain Desert Vista Enhance bridges, pedestrian structures, noise • Subtle gateway marking the arrival to Nevada walls, and retaining walls with appropriate mo- • Travel tifs and consider sculptural ornamentation, dec- • Mojave Desert landscape and wildlife features oration, and landmark features. • Outdoor recreation • Native American heritage 3.6 Engage local agencies and organizations in the • Mining planning process. • Mountain views Relationships with local agencies as well as • Geology the Nevada Arts Council should be developed to assist in the review and implementation of (1) Murals can be used in downtown environments to tell the cultural and natural history of a community. Destiny of the West proposed transportation art projects.

• Subtle gateway marking the arrival to Nevada • Consider transportation art at the onset of • Travel / tourism project development • Hoover Dam • For Community Matching Fund and Trans- • Outdoor recreation portation Art programs, refer to the guidelines outlined in the current Landscape • Lake Mead National Recreation Area and Aesthetics Community Match Proce- • Colorado River dures Manual: Guidelines, Applications, In- • Hydroelectric power structions and Forms for the Community Matching Funds and Transportation Art

Program, NDOT. Mojave Desert Vista

• Threshold/gateway; arrival to Las Vegas • Travel / tourism • Outdoor recreation • Mojave Desert landscape and wildlife (2) Decorative imprint motifs can be created with (3) Cultural symbols sandblasted into stone features a custom form liner and used to decorate walls. describe aspects of the historic emigrant traveler.

3.20 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

4.0 SIGNAGE 4.3 Create a family of iconic symbols to repre- • Information may include cultural and nat- • Utilize synchronous technologies that al- 4.1 Provide a standard, cohesive system of sent features. ural resources, tourist opportunities, and low users to control how and when they services along the corridor. access this additional information. service signage. Encourage the recognition of cultural and en- • Link the Audio Interpretation Program to • Incorporate the program into the Intelli- vironmental features through iconic imagery. NDOT manages the Tourist Oriented Di- the statewide Place Name Sign Program gent Transportation System regional in- rectional Signage System (TODS). TODS are and state welcome centers so that trav- formation architecture to allow messages preferred over numerous private individual • Signage should depict the general physi- elers can access specific information on to be updated in real time and be coordi- cal shape of the point of interest. selected sites. nated with AMBER alert and 511 traveler business signs and billboards. Work with lo- • Establish icons to represent general cat- information messages. cal community agencies and businesses to egories of interest within the Nevada develop and locate TODS. Refer to the Out- landscape. Illustration 1 shows examples door Advertising discussion (pages 1.14-1.15) of symbols to represent the categories. EXAMPLES AND CATEGORIES OF ICONIC SYMBOLS FOR PLACE NAME SIGNS for more information about billboards along Additional symbols should be developed to represent Nevada landmarks/historic the corridor. points, emigrant trails, and Native Ameri- can features. Engage Nevada tribes to 4.2 Implement a statewide Place Name Sign develop a universal symbol that is both appropriate and simple to represent the Program. state’s Native American resources. A comprehensive place name signage pro- • Features and points of interest to be gram should be implemented through part- recognized in this program will be coor- nership initiatives with local communities dinated with NDOT, State Parks, Native Mountains Rivers Sand Dunes and agencies. The program and sign types American tribes, and the State Historic RECREATION AREA: Preservation Office. SPIRIT MOUNTAIN COLORADO RIVER are described on page 1.10-1.11. Areas of in- SAND MOUNTAIN • Name and labels included shall be consis- terest within the design segments that could tent with State archives and map naming be highlighted include: conventions. Consider travel speed when names and labels are used. Lettering less • Historic features: Searchlight mining than 6 inches in height can be difficult to shaft, Boulder City historic district, Clark read at high speeds. County Heritage Museum, Boulder Dam • Final icon and name approval will rest with NDOT. Mining Historic Railroads Watchable Wildlife Hotel, Floyd Lamb State Park WATCHABLE • Wildlife and natural areas: Lake Mead Na- RAILROAD WILDLIFE tional Recreation Area, Desert National 4.4 Implement an Audio Interpretation Program. Wildlife Refuge, Mojave Desert, Cotton- wood Cove, Colorado River, Corn Creek, Develop and coordinate an audio/multime- Red Rock Canyon National Conservation dia interpretative program with the state- Area wide Place Name Sign Program. This program • Geographic features: Christmas Tree Pass, could be implemented via broadcast radio, Spirit Mountain, McCullough Mountain, CD or DVD programs, wireless Internet hot- Black Mountain, Black Canyon Historic Downtown Ghost Towns Hoover Dam spots, satellite transmission, or other media • Cultural/recreational resources: Fort Mo- BOULDER CITY that allows travelers to access additional in- GHOST TOWN HOOVER DAM jave Indian Reservation, Las Vegas Paiute (1) Universal symbols represent Nevada’s cultural and environmental features as part of the Place Name Sign Program. Indian Reservation, Lake Mead National formation from their car. Additional categories such as Nevada landmarks/historic points and Native American features should be developed to Recreation Area provide straightforward icons that symbolize the resources.

3.21 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

• Coordinate with programs, organiza- 4.8 Simplify signage supports used on bypasses tions, agencies, and municipalities along and elevated bypasses. the corridor, and explore ways in which to expand the Audio Interpretation Program. • Use single arm monotube systems for freeway signage support where possible. • Minimize the number of trusses used in 4.5 Coordinate the statewide Place Name Sign order to reduce visual clutter. Program with the national Watchable Wild- life program and with other community driven programs. Work with other agencies, civic groups and municipalities to provide interpretive sig-

nage, where applicable. (9) As part of the anti-litter campaign, highway graphics and signage will be posted along the highway where trash accumulation is the most significant. 4.6 Highlight scenic byway entrances with signage that is coordinated with the statewide

Place Name Sign Program. (9) Single arm monotube with one signage board clarifies appearance of information. Reflect the place and character of the area with iconographic images incorporated on scenic byway signs.

4.7 Incorporate the anti-littering campaign. Anti-littering messages located at highway stops that include food and beverage services will provide an immediate reminder to (3), (4), (5) Examples of proposed anti-littering signage. travelers. (8) Sign bridge with numerous trusses is visually cluttered.

• Work with local vendors to place the anti- littering messages on disposable cups, plates, and other items likely to be tossed out the vehicle window. • Along non-interstate roadways, utilize pole signage anti-littering signs. • Develop signage that engages Nevada residents and encourages active participation in maintaining clean and beautiful highways.

(7) Scenic Byways should include a specific pictorial graphic that is related to the place.

3.22 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

5.0 COLOR PALETTE APPLICATION 5.3 Use color composition on bridges to visually 5.1 Use a uniform, consistent color palette for all reinforce structural elements. highway structures. Use the base and accent colors to reinforce the Standard NDOT practice should utilize a uni- structural elements and integrity of a bridge. form and consistent color palette for all new and existing highway structures that comple- • Concrete bridge spans, super-structure support, and slope paving should be selected ments the surrounding landscape. Base and from the landscape segment base color. accent stain or paint colors for all highway • Railing and other features incorporating a structures along the Southern US 95 and US 93 material change should utilize accent col- Corridor have been selected. To ensure accu- ors. In addition, steel bridge spans should use an accent color. (1) The landscape inspires the color palette for (2),(3) Potential color palette choices were tested on site rate color reference, the colors are matched to each landscape design segment. Base colors along the corridor to identify colors that best complement the Dunn Edwards system, and are shown on correspond to the landscape design segment’s the landscape. environmental features. the right. 5.4 Blend new rock cuts and/or soil with the surrounding landscape. BASE COLORS ACCENT COLORS • Each highway structure should use a selec- Match new rock and soil treatments with ex- tion of one base color and up to two accent isting rock and soil color to blend disturbed ar- Mountain Desert Vista colors, chosen from the palette. No more #DE 6027 eas with the surrounding environment. than two different accent colors should be #DE 6074 used per site. #DE 6089 • Ensure roadway structures within a single • Use this process for any corridor project in landscape design segment use the same which rock cuts are included. base color and accent color(s). • Blend newly excavated soil and rock with Destiny of the West existing weathered rock. #DE 5325 • When existing structures require refinish- #DE 6047 ing, they should be stained or repainted • Where possible, the application should occur in a central location and away from sen- to be consistent with the selected color #DE 6013 palette. sitive receiving waters. • Specific town logos and transportation art Mojave Desert Vista are exempt (refer to Transportation Art #DE 5978 guideline, page 3.19). #DEC 717

5.2 Ensure accent colors highlight structural #DE 5914 aspects. Hoover Dam Structures Accent colors should highlight structural as- #DE 6214 #DEC 777 pects and/or details of highway structures, such as the beam of a bridge or a bridge railing. #DE 5537 • Ensure accent color application logically responds to and reinforces structural features (4) The proposed color palette refers to the Dunn Edwards paint system. For reference purposes only. or change in materials.

3.23 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

6.0 ROADWAY DESIGN 6.3 Provide curbs no greater than six inches in 6.1 Reduce the appearance of a wide right-of-way height in downtown areas. through communities. Curbs define the edge of the highway and de- Every effort should be made to keep the road- lineate the pedestrian zones within commu- way as narrow as possible. Wide roads allow for nities. Curbs greater than six inches in height faster vehicular travel speeds, negatively im- may restrict pedestrian movement and create pacting the safety of pedestrians. difficult transitions at pedestrian crossings.

• Consider reducing the number of lanes. Four 6.4 Utilize on-street parking in community inter- lane highways may be retrofitted to two face zones to buffer the sidewalk from traffic. travel lanes or two travel lanes and a turn lane On-street parking accommodates access to local when other street systems are improved and overall traffic patterns move effectively. businesses and slows traffic.

• The appearance of a wide roadway may be reduced through the use of vertical elements, • Use curb extensions to enhance the visibil- curb extensions, and a narrow shy distance ity of pedestrians crossing the street (side clearance from fog line to edge of • Angled parking should only be used in areas structure). Utilize a one to two foot shy dis- of very low travel speeds. tance from curbs and medians in downtown • Provide a bike lane between parking and areas to reduce speed. travel lanes to create a buffer. (1) Street elements such as on-street parking, bollards, landscaping, and bulb-outs delineate distinct zones for • Provide passing lanes outside of rural com- • When bike lanes are not incorporated, con- automobiles and pedestrians and provide visual cues to slow down. munities rather than only within town to re- sider using a wider outside travel lane or duce the number of lanes within town and parking area to minimize conflicts with slow travel speeds. Highways that only pro- opening doors. vide passing lanes within communities en- • For all forms of on-street parking, maintain courage higher travel speeds through town adequate visibility and buffer zones between because it is the only opportunity to pass travel lanes and parking to prevent conflicts slower traffic. 10’ 10’ 5’ 12’ 12’ 12’ 5’ 10’ 10’ 10’ 19’ 12’ 12’ 12’ 19’ 10’ with through traffic.

6.2 Consider the use of rumble strips in transition 6.5 Integrate art, softscape, and hardscape as zones to signal a speed reduction. part of a simple landscape treatment for Changes in paving material and roughened pav- roundabouts. ing provide a visual and audible cue to drivers to slow down. • Landscape treatments within a roundabout should express the segment theme and • Rumble strips may be combined with en- community vision. hanced roadside treatments such as plant- • Sensitively site transportation art and ings and gateways to reinforce the entry plantings. into pedestrian areas. (2) Parallel parking can be incorporated in • Treatments should complement and coordi- (3) Angled parking can generate more parking • Avoid placing rumble strips in bike lanes, and relatively narrow right-of-way areas and spaces than parallel parking but requires more nate with the surrounding environment and helps delineate traffic and pedestrian zones. right-of-way distance and very low travel speeds. do not use in situations where bikes share landscape features and be part of an inte- travel lanes. grated design approach.

3.24 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

7.0 MEDIANS • Design medians to allow for adequate 7.1 Revegetate medians along rural high- percolation of water to avoid irrigation water infiltrating into the road base/sub- ways to integrate the highway with the base and causing pavement failure. landscape. Utilize native plant material to revegetate me- 7.3 Utilize medians to reduce potential vehicle- dians along rural highways to create a more pedestrian conflicts and to enhance pedes- natural and consistent visual experience. trian walkability.

Medians function to improve pedestrian 7.2 Utilize median plantings and treatments to visibility by minimizing turning conflicts enhance a community’s image. and directing and separating traffic. They Landscaped medians beautify wide streets provide an effective way of reducing con- by breaking up large expanses of pave- flicts between pedestrians and vehicles be- ment and making the street feel narrower. cause they allow pedestrians to incremen- Medians can include a combination of rock tally cross the traffic lanes. mulch, signage, plantings, and boulders that help to identify the character of the place. • Medians may be constructed with curbs and combined with pedestrian refuge • Avoid using asphalt paving in medians. islands. Stamped, colored concrete or pavers should be used in narrow medians (less • Future development, access manage- than five feet wide). Paving score pat- ment, usage patterns, and changing terns should be simple and coordinate transportation demands should be ex- with surrounding architecture and pe- amined when determining if raised destrian areas. Colored concrete should medians are the appropriate solution for be the segment’s base color (see Color the roadway. Palette guidelines, page 3.23), or coordinate with adjacent pedestrian walkways. 7.4 Direct stormwater to planted medians and • The placement of plantings and treat- landscaped planting strips where feasible. ments should direct pedestrians and facilitate the vehicle operator’s view. Utilize drainage swales within medians to Selected plant species should also handle excess stormwater runoff . be suitable for the harsh roadway environment. • Carefully design curbs, gutters, catch • Planted medians are generally the width basins, and drain grates for ease of of the center turn lane but can be as nar- maintenance. row as five feet. Regardless of width, me- • Ensure pedestrian movement is not un- dians need to be designed to allow for duly impacted by ponding water. safe maintenance as well as for anticipated plant growth. • In areas where run-off may contain high levels of salt, select salt-tolerant plants. (1), (2) Medians should be designed to accommodate stormwater runoff where possible and be planted with low maintenance, drought-resistant plant materials.

3.25 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

8.0 PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS • Curb extensions should extend into the 8.1 Improve pedestrian safety at crossings. street no further than the edge of the travel or bike lane. They can be used at mid-block Motorists can see striped crosswalks from a crossings and are beneficial when combined greater distance. with pedestrian refuges. • Refuge islands are located at crosswalks in • Utilize a zebra striping pattern for painted the middle of streets to provide a safe wait- crosswalks (see illus. 1). ing area for pedestrians. • Crosswalk striping should correspond to • The waiting area in refuge islands should be the width and location of sidewalks. in line with the crosswalk and as wide as the crosswalk to allow persons with disabilities to cross without obstruction. 8.2 Use alternative paving type, coloring, or other • Refuge islands may include additional means to visually highlight pavement in pe- pedestrian safety features, such as bol- (1) Pedestrian crossings should be visually highlighted (2) Refuge islands provide a safe place for pedestrians destrian crossings. lards and flashing signs, to enhance their with zebra striping or changes in paving type. to wait while crossing high traffic areas. Crosswalks may be marked with distinctive visibility. paving material, colors, and texture. 8.4 Alert motorists to pedestrian crossings • Concrete is preferred over brick for its dura- through the use of signage and flashers. bility. Concrete may be stained, embossed Pedestrian signals work in conjunction with with patterns, or constructed with unit traffic signals to assign right-of-way at inter- pavers to give crossings a distinctive feel in particular areas. sections. • Textures and materials should provide a visual contrast with the adjacent road surface, • Active signals are preferred over passive however, they must also provide a smooth signals. travel surface and good traction. • Pedestrian signals are appropriate at all intersections with traffic signals where cross- (3) Contrasts in paving color and texture indicate to (4) Crossings with focal paving patterns provide detail ing is permitted. 8.3 Reduce curb-to-curb distances at crosswalks. motorists that they are approaching a pedestrian that is visually appealing to pedestrians and signifies crossing. that the road was created with their safety in mind. Incorporate curb extensions as part of the highway system when on-street parking is 8.5 Provide appropriate lighting to enhance vis- provided. Provide refuge islands to break up ibility of pedestrians by motorists. long crosswalks. Pedestrian-scale lighting and motor vehicle- Curb extensions reduce the crossing distance scale lighting should complement each other for pedestrians, increase visibility for motor- in an effort to ensure that both pedestrian ists and pedestrians, prevent illegal parking at crossing areas and travel lanes are effectively corners, and provide additional room for peo- illuminated. ple waiting to cross the street. • Accentuated lighting may be used at crossing points to further distinguish crossing locations.

3.26 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

8.6 Consider pedestrian facilities as part of roundabout design. Pedestrian crossings at roundabouts should balance pedestrian convenience, pedestrian safety, and roundabout operations.

• Crossings at roundabouts implement the same design strategies identified for typical crosswalks but also need to consider the unique geometry of the roundabout design. (1) Consider the use of curb extensions in highly utilized (2) Streetscape elements help define pedestrian (3) Pedestrian crossings at roundabouts require additional pedestrian areas in order to provide pedestrian amenities gathering places and safe crossing zones. identification through striping and paving changes due to 8.7 Balance the need for adequate vehicular turn- and reduced crossing distances. the unique geometry of these intersections. ing radii with pedestrian needs. A tighter turn or shorter radius forces drivers to slow down, allowing them to see pedestrians and make quick stops. Addition- ally, they create more sidewalk space for pedestrian amenities.

• Reduce corner radii where feasible to shorten and align pedestrian crossings while reducing vehicle turning speed. • Reduce the use of slip lanes (channeliza- tion) where possible to minimize pedestrian/vehicular conflicts. (4) Pedestrian movement is directly affected by turning radii. (5) Tighter, shorter turning radii reduce traffic speed Larger radii increase traffic speed and crossing distance for and shorten pedestrian crossing distances. Motorists are pedestrians, thereby reducing pedestrian comfort. better able to see pedestrians and make quick stops.

(6) Breaks in the median provide a safe haven and allow pedestrians to cross lanes incrementally. Pedestrian refuge islands provide an additional level of security while crossing. 3.27 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

9.0 NON-MOTORIZED TRANSPORTATION • Ensure that direct connections are made SYSTEMS (NMT) to existing and future trail systems and shared-use pathways. 9.1 Consider aesthetics as part of bicycle facility design. 9.4 Incorporate designated bike lanes within the Users of non-motorized transportation sys- roadway to link regional bike trail systems. tems are more likely to use facilities that in- Within developed community areas, bike clude aesthetic treatments and that link to lanes provide access to regional bike trail critical destinations. systems and to local community facilities. • Minimize underpass length to allow for natural lighting. • Stripe, sign, and provide a painted bike lane symbol for designated bike lanes to • Utilize transportation art consistent with promote driver awareness, better define the segment theme. travel lanes, and enhance user comfort. (1) Regional multi-modal trail systems should be integrated into the highway right-of-way wherever possible. • Enhanced paving or pavement markings 9.2 Engage agencies and organizations in the may be used in downtown areas. planning and design process. • In areas of limited right-of-way and low Ensure proper planning conveniently ac- speeds, bicyclists may share travel lanes in order to accommodate street improve- commodates NMT while minimizing ad- ments such as widened sidewalks and verse safety and environmental impacts. on-street parking. However, bike lanes should be included as part of the roadway • Engage Federal, State and local agencies whenever possible. as well as local user groups and organizations in the planning, design, and imple- 9.5 Consider bicycle facilities as part of round- mentation of non-motorized transportation facilities. about design. • Ensure the maintenance of connections to regional trails and pedestrian systems. • Consult the statewide bicycle and pedestrian plans prepared by NDOT. • Provide signage to trail heads and regional trails to encourage NMT use.

(2) Native materials should be used for all trail system 9.3 Integrate NMT into the right-of-way. hardscape and softscape treatments. Where topography, site conditions, and land use warrant, separate bicycle paths may be built in the right-of-way.

3.28 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

10.0 BRIDGES • When bridge supports involve stream cross- • Ensure mulch materials match bridge struc- 10.1 Use a consistent bridge design. ings, a column shape must account for ture color and the surrounding landscape bridge scour. (see Color Palette guideline for appropriate Bridges are prominent features in the land- color selection, page 3.23). scape and can significantly affect the visual 10.3 Use visually transparent bridge rail structures. • Use rock mulches, stone rip-rap, or deco- quality of the environment. NDOT standard rative slope paving (minimally) to stabilize Consider open rail design of steel rail or con- bridge design incorporates a concrete and abutments below the bridge. crete barrier and steel, both to create a more steel I-girder, or concrete and steel box girder • When slope pavement is used, include integral refined bridge with a lighter appearing span, color or stain to match base color palette. bridge structure of similar proportion, finish, and to maintain scenic views and views to the and barrier rail design. The major structural el- surrounding landscape. ements – piers, girders, and abutments – also serve as the major architectural features. • Use shadow lines and patterns to avoid blank surfaces where safety mandates a solid con- (1) Integrate simple bridge design into the • Aesthetic qualities must consider propor- crete barrier. embankment and add landscape planting. tion, rhythm, balance, and unity. Refer to the Aesthetic Guidelines for Bridge Design (Minnesota Department of Transportation) 10.4 Consider fill embankments and approach rails for a complete discussion. as part of the bridge design. • Bridge form should be simple and All NDOT bridge design should consider fill uncomplicated. embankments and approach rails in concert • Large amounts of slope paving should be with the abutment, bridge barrier rail, and avoided. (2) Consider bridges with retaining wall abutments (3) Consider using a battered abutment. superstructure. and 3:1 slopes. • Street names should be embossed on the bridge span, providing place identification for the motorist. • Materials, height, and attachment details • Where special conditions arise and larger or should be carefully considered when con- different bridge spans or types are required, necting guardrails to the bridge to avoid ensure landscape and aesthetic aspects are joining incompatible materials and creat- incorporated into the standard design type. ing abrupt vertical changes at connection points. • Avoid slope paving at bridge embankments,. (4) Avoid weak proportions in bridges with shallow 10.2 Use simple sub-structure and support features. (5) Avoid characteristic shapes that do not allow Grade to a slope of 3H:1V to allow for slope or undersized abutments. the structure to be visually supported. Use simple sub-structure and support features revegetation. with strong proportional relationships in all standard bridge design. 10.5 Use landscape or rock mulch to stabilize embankments. • Avoid “V”, “Y” or flared support shapes in Contour grade embankments and use landscape sub-structure and support features. planting to maintain embankment. Use rock re- • Use simple geometric shapes to minimize taining walls to establish suitable flat landscape the support profile as well as the number of supports required. areas where right-of-way is narrow. (6) Avoid 2:1 slopes as the primary bridge abutment (7) Consider simple geometric shapes to minimize and the need for slope pavement. the profile of bridge supports.

3.29 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

10.6 Select vandalism-resistant finishes. illus. 7). Street name identification should be Approach Transition Slope Bridge Substructure Bridge Bridge span Bridge Embankment Finish type, color, and surface patterns are placed on the concrete barrier rail. barrier barrier rail paving is barrier rail is poorly span is proportion abutment fill slope is rail height and required lacks visual integrated glaring is bulky the largest important design elements in coordinating connection because relief into the white feature of the is poorly of exces- bridge span bridge the structure with the surrounding land- 10.9 Accentuate locations where bridges cross ma- attached sively steep scape. Select bridge finishes of appropriate jor water bodies, drainage courses, or canyons. embankment color (see Color Palette guideline, page 3.23) Utilize landscape treatments in order to and vandal-resistance. highlight crossings and connect motorists to the landscape. • Where appropriate, structures with detailed treatments located in urban areas • Consider the integration of a grade-sepa- Steep slopes prevent planting should be treated with non-sacrificial rated pedestrian crossing into structure and are prone to erosion anti-graffiti finish. when possible. • Color and finish selections will assist in re- • Coordinate with local jurisdictions to de- (1) Avoid components and proportions lacking visual appeal. inforcing the design intent of the bridge termine the need for these features. structure. Approach Bridge Erosion Bridge Substructure Superstructure Bridge Embankment barrier rail barrier control span proportion with simple with horizontal abutment fill slope 10.10 Retrofit existing bridges. rail is light and open columns shadow lines designed flattened to 10.7 Create a visual design unity among all exist- as strong allow planting Bridges are gateway features to cities and visual and reduce ing and new structures. communities. anchor erosion Ensure bridges coordinate with noise walls, retaining walls, and other highway struc- • Aesthetic treatments, such as staining, tures. should be the basic treatment for updat- ing existing structures. • Establish a visual design relationship that • Where possible, include segment-appro- coordinates materials, patterns, color, and priate artistic motifs with sculptural orna- other design elements of structures. mentation and decorations. • Establish a visual design continuity be- (2) Consider the recommended landscape and aesthetic treatments and guidelines to improve the appearance of bridges. tween existing bridges and other struc- 10.11 Provide direct connections from bypasses tures by implementing a paint/stain retro- Accent color Base color Rail termination fit program to unify color schemes where back to the community core. they vary within a corridor. Heightened levels of landscape and aesthetic treatments, including effective signage, Wall with horizontal shadow lines and smooth 10.8 Design bridges to accommodate additional should mark exits to downtown areas. finish makes up 1/5 of the wall abutment. elements and structures that are required. Random vertical pattern wall finish

Accommodate pedestrian corridors and oth- • Increasing density of landscape and archi- Light and thin proportion for span tectural elements heightens the sense of 3H:1V embankment slope, no slope pavement additional structures with extra width. er arrival into community centers. In areas where noise walls are required on Vertical abutment structure should be six feet high. bridges, the bridge should be widened to allow for noise walls that are completely sepa- (3) A combination of preferred bridge design elements will result in a more visually attractive structure. rated from concrete barriers (refer to Noise Reduction and Walls guideline 11.5, page 3.33, 3.30 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

(1) Avoid bridge structure design that creates walls parallel to the (2) Bridge design can integrate retaining travel lane. Utilize graded slope and abutments. walls and terraces to minimize steep slopes and create areas for landscape planting.

(3) Symmetry and correct proportions significantly enhance the visual appeal of structures. The bridge color selection emulates the natural colors of (4) Special bridge design elements such as native stone, color the landscape so as not to distract from the view of the horizon. treatments, and cable systems can be used to create a focal feature.

3.31 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

11.0 NOISE REDUCTION AND WALLS • Maintain consistent use of the selected ma- 11.1 Consider grading to minimize wall height. terial, pattern, color, and texture. The required prototypical surface pattern is shown Where possible, use an embankment slope with in illustration 5. landscape planting to buffer sound, or use a • Avoid using multiple materials, such as steel combination of earth forms and noise walls to and concrete or CMU, on continuous spans achieve structural integrity and buffer sound of wall. while limiting actual wall height. • Post and panel systems are not encouraged for noise wall construction, and should be used only for temporary applications. If a • This guideline does not change or supersede post and panel system is used, it should be federal noise wall requirements, which speci- constructed with a single material, prefer- fy the location of noise walls according to ad- (1) Rusticated variable vertical patterning (2) Retaining and noise walls should be ably pre-cast concrete for all components. adds visual interest. separated from concrete barriers and other jacent land uses and a sound level threshold structures to allow space for landscape approaching 67 decibels. • Use visual design themes and/or pictorial motifs comprised of simple patterns and surface planting. • Noise walls should not be greater than 14 feet texture, and carefully design the motifs com- in height without a step in the wall plane. position (height and position) on the wall. • Walls used only for visual screening may not • Noise walls over 12 feet in height require be taller than ten feet. special graphic or pattern treatment (refer to • Use natural barriers and earth forming when Transportation Art guideline, page 3.19, for possible. more information about appropriate subject matter). 11.2 Provide landscape planting and setback space between the vehicle recovery zone and the 11.4 Create visual breaks and interruptions to avoid noise wall. monotony along noise walls. (3) Form liners can be used to produce (4) Form-lined concrete and decorative railings details in wall patterns. can be used to create a desert visual design When necessary, work with developers to en- Use staggered and/or curved walls of varying theme. sure adequate right-of-way is provided for lengths to provide visual interest along extend- sound abatement. ed stretches of noise wall.

• Consider grading to minimize wall height. • Avoid abruptly ending noise walls. Use a wall Landscape plantings in front of walls will return of three feet for noise walls located soften the appearance of large wall facades. outside of the clear zone. • Ensure planting and maintenance is provided. • Battered walls, also known as inclined walls, can provide additional interest. • Shadow patterns can be introduced to create 11.3 Select a simple design palette. visual interest that shift and change through- Choose a simple design palette of material, pat- out the day. (6) Landform and plant materials can be used to buffer road noise from adjacent land uses. tern, color, and texture that coordinates with the • Use appropriate ornamentation to break up corridor’s landscape design segment theme for the surface of long, uninterrupted spans. (5) The required prototypical surface retaining walls and noise walls. pattern is rusticated variable vertical ribbing. Dimensions vary between two to eight inches apart.

3.32 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

11.5 Separate noise walls from other highway Individual step height structures and set back from travel lanes. not to exceed three feet. Ensure noise walls are carefully planned for 20 - 30 ‘ and integrated with the design of the highway and/or bridge. (1) Consider - Tapered Transition: Allowed transition for noise (2) Consider - Curved: Allowed transition for top of noise wall. wall grade changes of less than three feet. • Avoid attaching noise walls to concrete barriers, bridges, and/or retaining structures. When noise walls are attached to Individual step height such structures, use compatible materials, not to exceed two feet. colors and forms. • Recess noise walls a minimum of 30 feet from edge of travel lane where possible. Noise walls may be placed on top of concrete barriers only when no other practi- (3) Consider - Stepped transition: Allowed transition for noise (4) Consider - Stepped transition with staggered walls: cal solution exists. wall grade changes between eight inches and two feet. Preferred transition for noise wall grade changes. Provide a minimum stagger of 24 inches between wall planes. • Consider drainage impacts when locating or placing walls as areas flanked by walls will need to freely drain.

11.6 Encourage noise-compatible land uses adjacent to highway corridors. At the planning level, encourage land uses (5) Avoid - Angular wall top: Not allowed for top of noise walls. (6) Avoid - Eased transition: Not allowed for top of noise walls. that are compatible with highway noise, such

as commercial and light industrial areas. Maintenance Access Patterning and shadow lines are required on both sides of noise wall and concrete barrier • Noise sensitive facilities (schools, churches, etc.) require sound abatement strategies. • Coordination at the planning stages is critical to avoid conflicts.

11.7 Retrofit noise walls that do not meet recommended requirements.

• Painting should be the basic treatment to improve existing structures. Drain • Enhancements could include the application of artistic motifs with sculptural (7) Walls approaching bridges can be adapted with a setback (8) When concrete barrier and noise walls co-exist ornamentation and decorations, or vi- and planting strip. A flare of the upper one-quarter of the wall without buffer space, wall is integrated into concrete barrier rail. relief by modulating the top edge further prevents an enclosed, narrow passage. Design flared sual walls so they do not become top-heavy and cause hazards to of walls. pedestrians and motorists. 3.33 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

(1) Avoid small scale joints, octagon, or cruciform shaped panels. These are only acceptable when textured with a rusticated variable vertical pattern.

(4) Turning the ends of retaining walls (5) A minimum wall return of three anchors them into the earth and creates a feet is required for noise walls at the finished end to the retaining wall. beginning of the wall facing the driver.

(2) Avoid using multiple materials, shapes, and joint patterns.

(3) Consider the preferred rusticated variable vertical texture and pattern. Surfaces should have a single finish whether MSE, cast-in-place, or other wall type is used. Consistency with other structures is required. (6) Retained slopes with walls should return to meet uphill grade.

12.0 CONCRETE BARRIERS AND 12.2 Avoid bright and shiny guardrails. GUARDRAILS Use acid-washed steel guardrails where ap- 12.1 Stain concrete barriers to blend the roadway propriate. into the surrounding environment.

• Concrete barriers should be stained to match the segment’s base color. Refer to Color Palette guideline, page 3.23, for more (1) Acid-washed steel guardrail blends into information on color selection. the surrounding landscape better than shiny galvanized steel.

3.34 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

13.0 LIGHTING • Use poles and fixtures with consistent 13.1 Avoid over-lighting. maintenance requirements and procedures for lighting types used within the same Excessive high mast lighting can create light maintenance district. pollution along a corridor and impact views to • Use accent color palette for poles (refer to the surrounding landscape. Color Palette guideline, page 3.23, for more information). • Study current lighting level standards to • Select a sleek and simple pole configuration. determine levels needed for safety only. • Allow for context-sensitive design in fix- Adjust current standards, if necessary, and tures and poles where appropriate, particu- (1) Lights can be incorporated in the bridge design as a feature apply the minimum height, illumination, larly in areas such as historic sites. of the approach. and number of light masts required. • Consider color properties when selecting • Focus attention on luminance versus illu- lamps. Metal halide lamps are preferred in mination (i.e. brightness of pavement ver- pedestrian areas. Mercury vapor lamps pro- sus brightness of light). duce favorable lighting for enhanced land- • Along all sections of the corridor, use light- scape treatments. Energy efficient high- ing fixtures that minimize light pollution pressure sodium lamps are commonly used and provide even light dispersion. for large portions of the roadway. • Eliminate lighting where possible. • Use cobra head or shoebox-type pole and 13.3 Lighting height and brightness should be con- fixtures instead of high mast lighting sistent with pedestrian scale needs in down- where appropriate. (2) Limit use of high (3) Avoid this type of (4) Consider these preferred fixture and (5) Powder coat coloring town or heavily pedestrian-oriented areas. mast lighting. pole design in favor pole configurations. helps blend poles into the Create desirable pedestrian environments by of more streamlined surrounding environment. attachments. 13.2 Use a consistent lighting fixture and pole. using pedestrian-scale lighting along sidewalks. In central commercial districts and town centers, use light fixtures and lamps that are con- • Fixtures should be more closely spaced than sistent with surrounding architectural styles. conventional “cobra head” street lights. • Lighting height and brightness should • Use a durable, powder-coated finish for light clearly illuminate walking paths. poles of a color that matches other structures and the surrounding landscape. Typi- cally use colors that blend with the background and do not visually overwhelm.

3.35 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

14.0 FENCING • Minimize the use of fencing within rights- 14.1 Ensure right-of-way fencing blends with the of-way where possible. landscape. • In urban areas, use colored steel fencing such as powder-coated, acid-washed, or Fencing can be used in non-urban areas to de- stained-galvanized fencing that visually re- lineate the highway right-of-way and control cedes into the urban background. access.

• Use wire fencing that blends with the landscape and conforms to current Nevada Re- vised Statutes. • Ensure right-of-way fencing is well maintained. (1) Three-strand fencing maintains the rustic character of the rural segments of the corridor and minimizes the visual impact of fencing on the driver.

15.0 GRADING AND RETAINING WALLS • Carefully grade slopes around natural 15.4 Utilize retaining walls that reflect sur- 15.1 Avoid creating steep slopes. outcrops and abrupt topography to im- rounding landform and soil colors to mini- prove aesthetics and allow for easier and mize large slope cuts. Smooth, moderately inclined slopes will more cost-effective maintenance. Staggering, terracing, and progressive off- blend more readily with the surrounding • Topographic patterns should be consid- landscape, are safer to maintain, and are ered with proposed grading. Valleys, high set of retaining walls can stabilize slopes less vulnerable to erosion. points, and ridges require graded transi- and reduce erosion while blending more tions rather than abrupt embankment smoothly into surrounding landforms than cuts or fills. • Flattened fill slopes can assist in decreas- terraced high wall cuts. ing erosion. Flattened slopes also reduce • At a minimum, ensure that all construct- (1) Rounded slopes help smooth the transition between cut and the need for guardrails and provide bet- ed slopes are revegetated (refer to Na- • Select retaining structures or slope sta- fill slopes and existing topography. ter accident recovery in the roadside tive Plant Revegetation Softscape Type bilization methods that blend with the clear zone. guideline, page 3.44). surrounding landscape and encourage Rounded slope condition should be 1/6 of total slope • Acquire adequate right-of-way to pro- revegetation. Replace “V” swale with rounded vide enough land to construct the de- 15.3 Create artful earthwork. swale profile that transitions to • Provide landscape plantings in front of sired slope and grade. the embankment. Create landforms that respond to the unique- walls to soften their appearance. • In some locations, steeper slopes may be ness of the site, the surrounding landscape, • Provide a minimum of eight feet be- unavoidable to protect important natu- tween terraces to provide for landscape ral or cultural resources adjacent to the and the roadway travel experience. Use a rounded slope planting. highway. condition at top and bottom of slope • Contour grade to create effective plant- • Carefully design gabion walls. Color ing embankments, shadow patterns, and should be dark and muted to match soil 15.2 Create smooth landform transitions and re- artful earthwork. and surrounding landscape. Wire mesh should match stone color. Plant terraces vegetate slopes. • Where feasible, grade slopes to provide with native vegetation to break up visual for water harvesting (reclaimed surface (2) Smooth transitions between cut and fill slopes and existing impacts. • Use finish-grading techniques, such as runoff). conditions can be accomplished by rounding the slopes. slope rounding at the top and bottom of • Retaining walls should be consistent cuts, to create smooth landform transi- within a segment and utilize a simple tions that blend with the natural terrain. design palette and anchor to the earth.

3.36 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

• Utilize a simple design palette. Avoid using multiple materials such as steel, concrete, keystone block, or CMU on walls. Exterior finish for retaining walls should have the same visual appearance independent of the type of wall. • For MSE walls, rectangular-shaped panels with vertical joints in a consistent pattern are preferred. All panels should have a rusticated variable vertical pattern that extends across the entire surface. (1) Consider a step or change of plane for retaining walls (2) Avoid the tunnel effect created by retaining walls greater greater than 14 vertical feet. than 14 vertical feet.

(3) When gabion walls are necessary, ensure that the wire and stone colors complement one another and the surrounding landscape.

16.0 ROCK CUT AND EXCAVATION • Blend rock cuts to match natural rock 16.1 Analyze rock geology. forms and use naturalized bedding planes to avoid creating an unnatural rock face. Provide a multi-disciplinary team of civil en- • Ensure all designed landforms are natural gineers, geotechnical engineers, and land- in appearance and blend with the topog- scape architects to ensure that the inherent raphy and geology of the surrounding character of a rock’s natural bedding planes, landscape. fractures, joints, and overall stability is care- • Match new rock and soil excavations with existing rock and soil using rock staining, fully analyzed and informs the design of all soil-coloring treatments, and/or acceler- rock cuts. ated weathering techniques. • Where site conditions and cost analysis • Conduct careful rock geology, site, and permit, acquire adequate right-of-way to (1) Rock cuts and excavation should be natural in form, shape, and cost analyses, and design rock cuts that provide enough land to design and build texture. Rock formations, such as this rhyolite outcrop, have an avoid the need for rock fall protection the desired rock cut slope and grade. inherent visual form that can be duplicated in custom rock excavations. fencing.

16.2 Design rock cuts to be natural in form, texture, and color in relationship to the surrounding landforms.

(2) Re-sculpted rock cuts change artificial slope banks into naturally occurring landforms. Plan cuts that terrace, bench, and use bedding planes found in existing rock formations. 3.37 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

17.0 DRAINAGE 17.2 Revegetate drainage infrastructure. 17.1 Use naturalized channel design and infiltration Drainage detention and infiltration areas methods. should be shaped with natural undulating edg- Avoid paving drainage ditches or check dams es and bottoms rather than angular embank- with asphalt or concrete. Where possible, se- ment slopes . cure check dams with rock and use naturalized channel design and infiltration methods to en- • Upper slopes of drainage detention basins should be revegetated or covered with ap- hance, both functionally and visually, highway propriate ground treatment (refer to Ground drainage systems. Treatment softscape type guideline and Native Plant Revegetation softscape type guideline, • In unique situations, utilize geotextiles, im- page 3.41). pervious mats, or stone lining to maintain the appearance of a natural channel. 17.3 Naturalize culvert ends. (1), (2) Rock bed drainage reduces erosion, allows some water to infiltrate, and can provide • Excessive flow velocities and erosion poten- irrigation for adjacent plant materials. tial may demand paved drainage surfaces. • Use rock to naturalize inlets and outlets. Consider the use of open cell concrete block with native grass or rock mulch that bhlends • Culverts should not be exposed except at with the surrounding soil. the end of headwalls and endwalls or with mitered end sections. • Vary the size of rock treatments. Meander naturalized treatments so that they feather • When it is essential to have portions exposed, into the landscape. they should be stained to blend with the surroundings. • Consider whether trails or wildlife passages can be coordinated with culverts. (3) Designing detention basins and stormwater uses with naturalized, curvilinear shapes is preferred over the use of “V” shaped channels.

18.0 EROSION CONTROL • Permanent revegetation efforts can be 18.1 Stabilize soils to ensure successful reveg- improved by providing in situ topsoil, native vegetation fragments, and rocks and etation and to control erosion. Use native improving soil salvage techniques and materials for stabilization and revegeta- seed mixes. tion, to blend with surrounding landscape. • Provide uncompacted topsoil surfaces prior to seeding (approximately 85% • Use techniques such as heavy textured compaction). (1), (2) Application of geo-textile fabrics aid in erosion (3) Application of soil stabilizer aids soil and/or gravel mulches to slow water control. in dust and erosion control. run-off and provide dust control. 18.2 Refer to temporary and permanent erosion • Where water concentrates, riprap mate- control best management practices as pre- rial and/or geotextile reinforcement may pared and documented by NDOT. be used to avoid erosion.

(4) Fiber rolls reduce sediment migrations. 3.38 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

19.0 WATER HARVESTING depressions increases water retention provide increased water to the planted 19.1 Maintain soil moisture and improve water and provides moisture to the plants. areas. Within interchanges, planted ar- Rocks create impervious cover, resulting eas should be sited where roadway run- retention by preserving topsoil, site sur- in water harvesting for the remaining off can be directed to provide water to facing, site grading, track walking, apply- soil and seeds. Rocks also create a rough, these areas before it enters structured ing mulches and tackifiers, sensitively sit- uneven surface, thereby slowing water drainage systems. This method enhances runoff, allowing water to collect and in- plant growth, and supplements the irri- ing features, and using permeable paving creasing infiltration. Rock mulches retain gation needed for high water use plants, or cisterns. moisture and protect plants by reducing thereby reducing the cost of irrigation. The collection of runoff for use in land- evaporation, providing wind protection, Features used to direct or store water scape design is especially important in arid and moderating the soil temperature so can be part of the aesthetics of design. that it is cool in the summer and warm in climates. Increase the availability of natural the winter, effectively lengthening the • Permeable pavements: Pavements such as water by directing runoff and precipitation growing period. flagstone or permeable asphalt should be into areas such as planting beds prior to used where appropriate to aid in the infil- (1) Water basins should utilize natural materials and be used as a water source for adjacent landscape areas. moving it off site into drainage structures. • Site grading: Grade surfaces to slow tration of precipitation in urban areas. Water harvesting methods also reduce the water flow, encouraging absorption. In- stead of a continuously angled slope, po- amount of runoff, thereby reducing non- • Water storage in cisterns or tanks: In sition breaks or depressed areas around some cases it may be desirable to store point source pollution, erosion, and flood- planted areas. Contour slopes so that water in a cistern for later use. Storage ing while recharging the groundwater. water slows and infiltrates around veg- provides the most control and flexibil- etation. Prevent erosion by minimizing Soil moisture and water retention can be in the use of harvested water. Cis- slope angle and directing water flow. ity maintained and enhanced in several ways, terns collect water throughout the year including: and store it until it is needed during the • Track walking: Where possible, track height of summer. Consider the need for walk all slope surfaces to stabilize ma- mosquito abatement during design. Wa- • Topsoil preservation: Stripping and sal- terial and minimize potential erosion. ter should not be stored in open systems vaging the existing topsoil, vegetation Track walking should be performed per- for long periods of time. Cisterns can be seeds, and plant fragments for later re- pendicular to the contours. sculptural and incorporated into an aes- application should occur at every site thetic design, or they can be large but requiring disturbance. This live topsoil relatively flat, and located under a park- and tackifiers: Use mulch and contains organisms, seeds, and plant • Mulches ing lot. fragments that increase the potential tackifiers to hold seed and topsoil cover success of revegetation and increases and assist with moisture retention dur- both the quantity of organic matter and ing germination. Mulches such as bark or 19.2 Use natural and/or artificial products to col- permeability of the soil. straw can be used to stabilize seeds and lect, store, and release water for plant use. topsoil and assist in moisture retention during plant germination and growth. Use products such as: • Site surfacing: Rock surface composition should simulate the original or adjacent • Pumice wicks surface cover or be integrated as part of • Siting of features and facilities: Thought- the overall design. Create artful water ful consideration should be given to the • Polymer products harvesting features that contribute to siting of features and facilities. Rest area • Diatomaceous earth the aesthetic quality as well as function- and other facilities where vegetation is • Wattles ality of landscape treatments. Placing desired should be located where natu- rocks and shaping landforms to create ral surrounding upland topography can

3.39 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

20.0 IRRIGATION • Temporary watering is required for contain- 20.1 Select efficient and effective irrigation systems. erized native plants for a period of approximately one to two years, depending on the Select efficient and easily maintained drip irriga- success rate of revegetation. tion systems that have a central controller. • Permanent irrigation to individual plants is required for all enhanced native, regionally • Consider the use of reclaimed water, adapted, and regional ornamental softscape including fully treated effluent and water types. harvesting techniques, as a supplement to • When a water source is not available, con- irrigation. sider water harvesting methods or the use of • If a non-domestic water source is used, in- vertical elements and structures. clude a filter system to prevent clogging of emitters. 20.3 Manage the high concentration of salts. • Consider threaded emitters as opposed to Nevada’s desert soils often concentrate salts (1) Drip irrigation is required for all enhanced native, regionally punch-in types to minimize vandalism. adapted, and regional ornamental softscape types even after at the outer edge of the wetted soil volume, they have reached maturity. including near the soil surface, particularly in 20.2 Provide appropriate irrigation for each drip irrigation situations. softscape type. The early stage of revegetation growth de- • Salt management techniques include flush- mands the most water use and is most critical ing the soil periodically with heavy watering to the establishment of young plants in an arid and/or planting salt tolerant materials. climate. As revegetation becomes more established and mature, the demand for water will (2) Certain plant species such as Ephedra and Rabbitbrush are lessen to the point of complete removal. adapted to survival in saline soils.

21.0 SOFTSCAPE TYPES AND TREATMENTS 21.3 Preserve healthy trees and vegetation. GENERAL GUIDELINES Mature vegetation is an integral part of com- 21.1 Consider aesthetics and maintenance of se- munity identity and an important public re- lected softscape treatment. source that enhances the quality of life. Previ- In all non-paved areas, select ground treat- ously landscaped areas with ornamental plant ments that meet both aesthetic and mainte- materials that are in good condition, form, and nance requirements. health shall be preserved. All softscape treatment projects shall include a tree inventory 21.2 Select appropriate plant sizes. listing all protected trees and other landscape The minimum plant size used should consider materials within the right-of-way. The plan plant survival and the visual effect of the material. should include a listing of species, size and condition of each tree, index of trees to re- • Consider sunlight, water requirements, and move or preserve, and specifications for tree wind exposure when placing plant material. maintenance during construction.

3.40 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

GROUND TREATMENT SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT 21.6 Coordinate ground treatment with sur- 21.5 Implement appropriate ground treatment rounding landscape. and softscape types. Ground treatment should coordinate in Use recommended ground treatment and size, texture, color, and aggregate mix with softscape types to assist with erosion the surrounding landscape. and dust control, consistent with NDOT specifications. • Mulches composed of multi-sized rock that resemble natural patterns of sur- • Rock mulch, where used, should comple- rounding soils should be considered as a ment and/or match the surrounding nat- matching technique. ural environment. • Distribute scattered rock mulch in a • For rural areas, ground treatment should pattern similar to that found in the sur- be derived from natural patterns found in rounding landscape instead of a thick, even spread of rock mulch. playas, foothills, or ephemeral drainages. (1) A mix of aggregate size and color helps re-establish (2) Visual interest is enhanced by using stone ground • For landscaped areas in urban settings, disturbed slopes to a naturalized condition. cover of various sizes and color. use rock mulches to create patterned and textured ground treatments. • Implement a ground treatment retrofit program to treat areas of bare soil.

NATIVE REVEGETATION SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT 21.8 Carefully select native plant species. 21.7 Apply native revegetation softscape In addition to plant species identified in along open, rural highways. Mapping Ecosystems along Nevada High- Reestablish the native conditions using the ways and the Development of Specifications native plant revegetation softscape type. The for Vegetation Remediation (Tueller, et al native plant revegetation softscape type is 2002), use the list of native plant species the background planting for the majority of provided for revegetation efforts. Plant the corridor and should be implemented as palettes are not restrictive. They provide a indicated in the landscape design segments. starting point for plant selection.

• Roadsides should be revegetated after a • Ensure the plant palette selected for the fire to reduce erosion. site complements existing desirable veg- • Plant density and spacing should mimic etation in the surrounding landscape. surrounding conditions, incorporating • Salvage existing native plants and topsoil scattered rock mulch to reduce erosion prior to construction. Species salvagabil- and improve revegetation success. ity depends on size, location, soils, and • Select an appropriate native plant pal- analysis of plant value, including the po- ette. Sites should be evaluated for eleva- tential survival rate. Salvaged plants can tion, soil conditions, and ecosystem type readily improve the roadside aesthetic by (for example, riparian, playa, or salt flat). providing mature plants that would nor- mally take many years to establish. Where (1) The native plant palette near Searchlight includes a wide variety of plant colors, shapes, and heights. 3.41 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

existing native plants cannot be re-used, tion (Tueller et al, 2002). Tueller’s report Figure 14 - Native Revegetation Plant Palette chip salvaged plants and incorporate into offers a complete description of suitable Height x Width Exposure to sun Water Requirement Seasonal the topsoil. In addition, ensure native plant species and plant communities, soil topsoil is collected and stored for reuse. classification units, and best manage- North of Las Vegas Valley Lower Mojave/Creosote Zone Native topsoil provides a seed source and ment practices for vegetation remedia- Shrubs: important bacteria for salvaged plant tion, and should be used as a guide for Atriplex hymenalytra - Holly Leaf Saltbush 5’ x 8’ Full sun Low water use Spring establishment and growth. Carefully re- revegetation. Atriplex lentiformis - Quailbush 8’ x 8’ Full sun Low water use Spring Coleogyne ramosissima - Blackbrush 5’ x 6’ Full sun Low water use Spring move, stockpile, and store the native top- • Salvage existing native plants and topsoil Larrea tridentata - Creosote Bush 10’ x 10’ Full sun Low water use Spring soil of new construction projects to be prior to construction. Species salvagabili- used as final bedding material. Ensure na- ty depends on location, soils, and analysis Accents: tive soil stockpiles are protected from the Echinocereus triglochiadatus - Red Hedgehog Cactus .4’ x 1.25’ Full sun Low water use Year-Round of plant value, including the potential sur- Ferocactus cylandraceous - Barrel Cactus 3’ x 1.5’ Full sun Low water use Sp/Sum wind to avoid erosion and the creation of vival rate. Salvaged plants can be utilized Opuntia basilaris - Beavertail Cactus 1’ x 3’ Full sun Low water use Spring a dust hazard. Organic mulches may be at revegetation sites to improve roadside Opuntia echinocarpa - Silver Cholla 3’ x 3’ Full sun Low water use Spring used to improve soil quality. Firmly an- aesthetics and to provide mature plants Mammillaria tetrancistra - Mojave Fishhook Cactus 5’ x 2’ Full sun Low water use Spring chor mulches to the site. Carefully ana- Yucca schidigera - Mojave Yucca 12’ x 6’ Full sun Low water use Spring that would otherwise take years to es- Yucca brevifolia - Joshua tree 30’ x 15’ Full sun Low water use Spring lyze the site to determine the need for tablish. In addition, ensure native topsoil fertilizers and pH amendments. is collected and stored for reuse. Native South of Las Vegas Valley Blackbrush Zone; Corridor Crosses Creosote-Bursage and Blackbrush Zones • Salvage and stockpile native rock mulch. topsoil provides a seed source and im- Trees: Existing rock naturally blends with the portant bacteria for salvaged plant estab- Acacia greggii - Catclaw 25’ x 15’ Full sun Low water use Sp/Fall landscape. Re-use of existing materi- lishment and growth. Carefully remove, Chilopsis linearis - Desert Willow 20’ x 15’ Full sun Low/Mod water use Sp/Fall als should be considered as part of site stockpile, and store the native topsoil of Prosopis glandulosa - Honey Mesquite 25’ x 35’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer design. new construction projects to be used as Shrubs: • Additional plants not included in the ad- final bedding material. Ensure native soil Coleogyne ramosissima - Blackbrush 5’ x 6’ Full sun Low water use Spring stockpiles are protected from the wind to Eriodictyon angustifolium - Yerba Santa 4’ x 6’ Full sun Low water use Sp/Sum jacent list can be included upon review Erigonum wrightii - Wright’s Buckwheat 2’ x 3’ Full sun Low water use Summer and approval. avoid erosion and the creation of a dust Erigonum fasciculatum v. poliofolium - Flattop Buckwheat 3’ x 4’ Full sun Low water use Spring hazard. Organic mulches may be used Fallugia paradoxa - Apache Plume 6’ x 4’ Full sun Low water use Spring to improve soil quality. Firmly anchor Psorothamnus fremontii - Indigobush 5’ x 5’ Full sun Moderate water use Sum/Fall 21.9 Utilize proper revegetation methods. mulches to the site. Carefully analyze the Salvia mojavensis - Mojave Sage 3’ x 3’ Full sun Low water use Spring site to determine the need for fertilizers Accents: and pH amendments. Agave utahensis - Utah Agave 5’ x 8’ Full sun Low water use Sp/Sum • Reestablish native conditions using the Mirabilis froebelii - Desert Four O’Clock 4’ x 4’ Full sun Low water use Summer native plant revegetation softscape • Apply a prescribed soil treatment such as Opuntia erinacea - Old Man Cactus 2’ x 4’ Full sun Low water use Spring type. Select perennial grasses, forbs, and plowing, disking, harrowing, furrowing, Opuntia acanthocarpa - Buckhorn Cholla 4’ x 3’ Full sun Low water use Spring shrubs that can be established with little hydroseeding, applying mulches (such as Yucca baccata - Banana Yucca 3’ x 3’ Full sun Low water use Summer Yucca schidigera - Mojave Yucca 12’ x 6’ Full sun Low water use Spring or no maintenance over the long term. In- straw), and using tackifiers (such as dark corporate the Native Wildflower Program colored netting). Soils should be rough- Grasses: in revegetation efforts. Select plants ened before and after planting to create Achnatherum hymenoides - Indian Ricegrass 2’ x 2’ Full sun Low water use Spring that have been evaluated for drought favorable seed sites, particularly for grass Bromus rubens - Red Brome 1’ x .5’ Full sun Low water use Winter Hilaria rigida - Big Galleta 1’ x .5’ Full sun Low water use Spring tolerance, salt and alkali tolerance, seed- and forb seeds. In silty conditions, a soil Stipa speciosa - Desert Needlegrass 1’ x .5’ Full sun Low water use Summer ling vigor, fire retardant characteristics, stabilizer, such as a hydromulch, or a mat- growth habit, suitable soil groups, seed- ting material can reduce potential dust Wildflowers: problems. On some sites, deep ripping Wildflowers like the Prince’s Plume (Stanleya pinnata) and the Apricot-Mallow (Sphaeralcea ambigua) can be planted but if the soil is harvested ing rates, Pure Live Seed (PLS), availability, and carefully maintained – all the necessary seeds should be contained within the soil. In the interest of preserving the most natural landscape and general costs of native seed sources. can loosen hardpan and improve seeding and avoiding breaks in type or structure of vegetation – harvesting and re-using topsoil from the same area without wildflower re-seeding Ecosystem categories and suitable plant success. In conditions of steep cuts and should provide an abundance of wildflowers native to that area. species have been identified for reveg- slopes greater than 40%, slope disking may create seed pockets. Use scattered Native penstemons for Mojave: etation specifications along Nevada’s Penstemon eatoni - Eaton’s or Firecracker Penstemon 2’ x 3’ Full sun Low water use Spring highways in Mapping Ecosystems Along rock mulch in coordinate with revegeta- Penstemon parryi - Parry’s Penstemon 4’ x 2’ Full sun Low water use Spring Nevada Highways and the Development tion. This mulch provides seed pockets Penstemon utahensis - Utah Penstemon 1’ x 1.5’ Full sun Low water use Spring of Specifications for Vegetation Remedia- and protects plant establishment. Penstemon palmeri - Palmer’s Penstemon 4’ x 2’ Full sun Low water use Spring 3.42 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

• Collect native seed. Initiate a process for • Develop a program to control noxious native seed collection at the start of each weeds and invasive plant species. In areas project where revegetation is designat- requiring revegetation, quickly established. Native seed should be collected from ing native species is the most effective a site in close proximity to the revegeta- method of controlling invasive species. tion area. Because unpredictable weather In much of the corridor, however, re- patterns can affect seed availability, plan establishing native plant communities ahead to ensure usable seed. Native seed may take many years. Use biotic or or- can also be purchased through seed com- ganic forms of control, such as tempo- panies or BLM nurseries. rary mulches, to prevent invasive species • Monitor revegetation during construc- from establishing. Provide regular and tion to ensure that specified materi- frequent monitoring of new plantings to als and installation methods have been identify when additional forms of control used. Plan and budget for maintenance may be needed. of revegetation and weed control areas until the desired species are established. In addition, continue to monitor revegetation plantings for up to five years after construction to ensure success- (1) Native revegetation is appropriate for highway medians in rural settings. ful establishment. Include temporary irrigation if needed. Provide training for NDOT staff who oversee revegetation administration. Failures in revegetation can often be attributed to poor installation and maintenance practices.

(2) Native revegetation softscape types should be used to repair and restore roadsides along the majority of the highway.

3.43 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

ENHANCED NATIVE SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT • Use existing vegetation as a cue to select- Figure 15 - Enhanced Native Plant Palette ing appropriate plant species Height x Width Exposure to Sun Water Requirement Seasonal Interest 21.10 Apply enhanced native softscape along tran- Trees: sition zones and as part of simple gateway • Additional plants not included in previous Salix exigua - Coyote Willow 10’ x 6’ Partial sun Moderate water use Spring palettes or the adjacent list may be included Prosopis glandulosa - Honey Mesquite 25’ x 35’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer treatments. upon review and approval Prosopis pubescens - Screwbean Mesquite 25’ x 25’ Full sun Moderate water use Spring Enrich the native softscape palette with the Quercus turbinella - Desert Scrub Oak 8’ x 12’ Full sun Mod/Hi water use n/a Acacia minuta - Sweet Acacia 20’ x 20’ Full sun Low water use Spring enhanced native softscape type. The enhanced Prosopis chinensis - Chilean Mesquite 25’ x 40’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer Vitex agnus-castus - Chaste Tree 25’ x 25’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer native softscape type is the second most com- Cercidium microphyllum - Foothills Palo Verde 20’ x 20’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer monly used plant palette throughout the cor- Prosopis velutina - Velvet Mesquite 25’ x 30’ Full sun Moderate water use Spring Cercis occidentalis - Western Redbud 10’ x10’ Full/Partial sun Moderate water use Spring ridor and should be utilized as shown in the Shrubs: landscape design segments. Encelia farinosa - Brittlebush 3’ x 4’ Full sun Low water use Spring Cassia nemophila - Desert Cassia 6’ x 6’ Full sun Low water use Spring Eremophila spp. - Valentine or Emu Bush 4’ x 4’ Full sun Low/Mod water use Winter • Typical applications are specified for tran- Zauschneria californica - Hummingbird Flower 2’ x 3’ Full sun Low water use Sum/Fall sition zones into communities as well as simple gateway treatments. The enhanced Accents/Grasses: Tetraneuris acaulis - Angelita Daisy 1’ x 1.5’ Full/Part sun Moderate water use Sp/Sum/Fall native softscape type enriches the Mojave Baileya multiradiata - Desert Marigold 1’ x 1’ Full/Part sun Low water use Sp/Sum/Fall Desert plant palettes with a mix of vertical Psilotrophe cooperi - Paper Flower 1’ x 1.5’ Full/Part sun Low/Mod water use Sp/Sum/Fall heights and densities. Opuntia engelmannii - Engelmann’s Prickly Pear 6’ x 10’ Full sun Low water use Sp/Sum Opuntia santa-rita - Santa Rita Prickly Pear 4’ x 6’ Full sun Low water use Year round • A variety of native species are planted in Scleropogon brevifolius - Burrograss 1’ x 1’ Full sun Low water use Spring moderately dense patterns to create this Note: See Native Revegetation Plant Palette for more plant options. landscape. • Enhanced native softscapes use the plant material of the native revegetation palette as a base and add a limited number of regionally adapted trees, shrubs, and other materials for diversity in form. Plants are placed in massings and at a closer proximity to one another than in the surrounding native landscape.

21.11 Carefully select enhanced native plant species. In addition to the plants listed in the native plant revegetation landscape type, the following list of plants comprise the enhanced native landscape type. Use these species to create plant communities with variations in plant height and width.

• Ensure the plant palette selected for the site complements existing vegetation in (1) Enhanced native softscape type utilizes greater plant massing and begins to add more color, the surrounding landscape. texture, and verticality to the native palette.

3.44 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

REGIONALLY ADAPTED SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT Figure 16 - Regionally Adapted Plant Palette Height x Width Exposure to sun Water Requirement Seasonal 21.12 Apply regionally adapted softscape in ur- Trees: ban areas and locations of high visibility. Fraxinus oxycarpa - Raywood Ash 35’ x 25’ Full sun Moderate water use Spring Fraxinus velutina ‘Rio Grande’ - Modesto Ash 50’ x 30’ Full sun Moderate water use Spring Use the regionally adapted softscape type Gleditsia triacanthos inermis - Thornless Honey Locust 35’ x 25’ Full sun Moderate water use n/a Ulmus parvifolia - Drake Elm 60’ x 70’ Full sun Moderate water use Fall where identified in each landscape design Cupressus arizonica - Arizona Cypress 70’ x 30’ Full sun Low/Mod water use n/a segment. This softscape type utilizes the Eucalyptus microtheca - Coolibah Tree 40’ x 25’ Full sun Moderate water use n/a Acacia stenophylla - Shoestring Acacia 30’ x 15’ Full sun Low water use Spring Mojave, Sonoran, and Chihuahuan plant pal- Eysenhardtia orthocarpa - Kidneywood 10’ x 6’ Full sun Moderate water use Spring Rhus lanceolata - Flame Leaf Sumac 15’ x 15’ Full sun Low water use Summer ettes along with other low-water use plants Ungnadia speciosa - Mexican Buckeye 15’ x 15’ Full/Part sun Moderate water use Spring that are well adapted to local conditions. Celtis pallida - Desert Hackberry 8’ x 10’ Full sun Moderate water use n/a

Shrubs: • Typical applications include welcome Buddleia davidii - Navajo Purple Butterfly Bush 8’ x 6’ Full/Part sun Low water use Spring Senna phylodenia - Silver Leaf Cassia 6’ x 6’ Full/Part sun Low water use Spring centers, gateways, rest areas, urban ar- Dodonea viscosa - Hopbush 10’ x 6’ Full sun Low water use Year round eas, and other high visibility locations Rhus ovata - Sugar Bush 10’ x 10’ Full/Part sun Low water use Spring • Plants are arranged in greater densities, Salvia clevelandii - Chaparral Sage 4’ x 6’ Full sun Low water use Spring Phlomis fruticosa - Jersualem Sage 4’ x 3’ Full sun Moderate water use Sp/Sum forming overstory and understory lay- Justicia californica - Chuparosa 3’ x 3’ Full/Part sun Moderate water use Summer ers, to create a richness of color, texture, Tecoma x ‘Goldstar’ - Texas Yellow Star 20’ x 8’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer form, and seasonal change, enhancing Senna oligophylla ‘Outback’ - Outback Cassia 3’ x 3’ Full sun Low water use Sp/Sum

the desert garden Cacti/Accents/Grasses/Groundcovers and Perennials: 21.13 Carefully select regionally adapted plant Fouquieria splendens - Ocotillo 18’ x 10’ Full sun Low water use Spring Coreopsis lanceolata - Sunray 1.5’ x 1’ Full sun Moderate water use Sp/Sum species. Hemerocallis spp. - Daylily 2’ x 2’ Full/Part sun Low water use Spring Nolina microcarpa - Bear Grass 4’ x 6’ Full sun Low water use Spring Use regionally adapted plant species. In ad- Penstemon spectabilis - Showy Penstemon 3’ x 2’ Full sun Low water use Spring dition to the plants listed in the revegeta- Salvia leucantha - Mexican Bush Sage 3’ x 3’ Full sun Moderate water use Sp/Fall/Win Dasylirion wheeleri - Desert Spoon 4’ x 6’ Full/Part sun Low water use Sum/Fall tion landscape type and the enhanced native Hylotelephium x ‘Autumn Joy’ - Autumn Joy Sedum 1.5’ x 1.5’ Full/Part sun Low water use Sp/Sum Bulbine frutescens - Shrubby Bulbine 1’ x 2’ Part sun Low water use Sp/Fall landscape type, the following list of plants Note: See Native Revegetation and Enhanced Native Plant Palettes for more plant options. should be used to comprise the regionally adapted landscape type.

• Use plant species to create plant communities with variations in plant height and spread • Additional plants not included in previous palettes or the adjacent list may be included upon review and approval

(1), (2) Regionally adapted softscape planting introduces non-native species that are adapted to the desert climate.

3.45 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

REGIONAL ORNAMENTAL SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT • Additional plants not included in previ- Figure 17 - Regional Ornamental Plant Palette Height x Width Exposure to Sun Water Requirement Seasonal Interest 21.14 Apply regionally ornamental softscape ous palettes or the adjacent list may be included upon review and approval Trees: in areas of extremely high importance. Olea europea ‘Swan Hill’ - Fruitless Olive Tree 30’ x 30’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer Pinus eldarica - Mondel Pine 50’ x 30’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer Use the regional ornamental softscape type Pistacia chinensis - Chinese Pistache 40’ x 20’ Full sun Moderate water use Fall Sophora secundiflora - Mescal Bean 15’ x 10’ Full sun Moderate water use Spring to create cultural meaning, enhance a land- Pithecellobium flexicaule - Texas Ebony 20’ x 15’ Full/Part sun Moderate water use Sp/Sum mark feature, or both. The regional orna- Palms: mental softscape type is the rarest treat- Chamaerops humilis - Mediterranean Fan Palm * 20’ x 20’ Full sun Low/Mod water use Summer ment and should be used where identified Phoenix dactylifera - Date Palm* 50’ x 25’ Full sun Moderate water use Year round Trachycarpus fortunei - Windmill Palm* 20’ x 20’ Full/Part sun Moderate water use Year round in the landscape design segments. Washingtonia filifera - California Fan Palm* 50’ x 15’ Full sun Low/Mod water use Summer

Shrubs: • It is typically used in areas of extreme Caesalpinia mexicana - Mexican Bird of Paradise 10’ x 6’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer high importance as part of placemaking Caesalpinia pulcherrima - Red Bird of Paradise 8’ x 8’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer Ceasalpinia gillesii - Yellow Bird of Paradise 7’ x 7’ Full sun Moderate water use Sp/Sum/Fall • This softscape type emphasizes the Calliandra eriophylla - Fairy Duster 4’ x 4’ Full/Part sun Low Sp/Sum/Fall unique cultural elements of a particular Eleagnus x Ebbingei - Ebbing’s Silverberry 9’ x 9’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer Rosmarinus officinalis - Spreading Rosemary 2’ x 8’ Full sun Moderate water use Summer urban environment Caryopteris x clandonensis ‘Dark Knight’ - Blue Mist 3’ x 4’ Full sun Moderate water use Sum/Fall • The use of non-native, ornamental plant Justicia spicigera - Mexican Honeysuckle 3’ x 4’ Full/Part sun Low/Mod water use Sp/Sum/Fall

species in this softscape type accentu- Accents/Cacti and Grasses: ates the composition possibilities inher- Agave vilmoriniana - Octopus Agave 4’ x 4’ Full sun Low water use n/a ent in form and color Agave bracteosa - Spider Agave 2’ x 3’ Full/Part sun Low water use n/a Dasylirion longissimum - Sotol 6’ x 4’ Full sun Low water use n/a • Dynamic ornamental forms, colors, and Drosanthemum hispidum - Ice Plant 2’ x 3’ Full sun Low/Mod water use Spring textures enhance the native Mojave Euphorbia charachias - Shrubby Spurge 3’ x 2’ Full/Part sun Moderate water use Win/Sp Desert landscape in complementary pat- Hesperaloe parviflora ‘Yellow’ - Yellow Hesperaloe 4’ x 4’ Full sun Low water use Sp/Sum/Fall Muhlenbergia capillaries ‘regal mist’ - Regal Mist 3’ x 6’ Full/Part Moderate water use Spring terns Phormium tenax - New Zealand Flax 15’ x 4’ Partial sun Low/Mod water use Sp/Sum 21.15 Carefully select regional ornamental plant Pennisetum setacum ’rubrum’ - Red Fountain Grass 3’ x 3’ Full sun Moderate water use Year round Note: See Native Revegetation, Enhanced Native, and Regionally Adapted Plant Palette for more plant options. species. *Palm trees should rarely be used along the corridor. Species should only be chosen in areas of extremely high visual importance such as the In addition to the plants listed in the Re- resort corridor in Las Vegas. vegetation landscape type, the enhanced native landscape type, and the regionally adapted landscape type, the following list of plants comprise the regional ornamental landscape type.

• The species listed represent those plants with significant cultural value. • Alternative plants that have the same form and characteristics, thereby evok- ing a similar cultural meaning, may be more desirable if the alternative plant is better suited to the environmental conditions, requires less maintenance, and is (1) The regional ornamental softscape type requires (2) The regional ornamental softscape type adds permanent irrigation and is used to highlight points of to the identity and placemaking of areas of high more drought-tolerant. significant interest and landmark quality. importance. 3.46 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

22.0 WILDLIFE CROSSINGS AND PROTECTION the size of the underpass as the length fence with 6 inches located below ground 22.6 Retrofit existing highway facilities within 22.1 Engage appropriate agencies in the planning increases. to prevent tortoises from crawling under the Destiny of the West Landscape Design the fence along both sides of the highway. and design of wildlife crossings. • Restore vegetation leading up to wildlife Segment to restore wildlife migration pat- crossings and provide cover to shield the Secure the fence to a culvert that crosses terns. Engage federal, state, and local agencies and entrance to each wildlife crossing from beneath the road. wildlife professionals in the initial stages of the road while maintaining clear visibility • Recommended fencing heights for big- Consider broad areas within the landscape planning and design through implementa- through the crossing. horn sheep or deer is eight feet, variable- where existing topography provides oppor- expanded metal mesh fence. Metal mesh tion of wildlife crossings. • Within underpasses, incorporate natu- tunities. Coordinate location with migration fencing should be fastened to metal wire. rally-occuring materials that exist in adja- corridors. cent areas. Barbed wire is unacceptable. Fencing • Coordinate information on historic migra- should occur on both sides of the road, • Wildlife underpasses or overpasses com- tory routes and daily wildlife movements and should extend to the underpass or bined with fencing have the highest doc- 22.7 Design wildlife crossing structures to blend to situate crossing structures in appropri- overpass entrance. umented rates of success for large and with surrounding landscape. ate locations. • Incorporate breaks, known as jump-outs, small animals. Most successful crossing Visually screened bridges and culverts recede • Research information on the occurrence structures are open-span bridges with in areas with continuous fencing to en- into the landscape. Combine recreational of wildlife-related automobile accidents, sloping sidewalls. able wildlife trapped within the road corri- and explore designs to minimize these dor to escape and return to habitat areas. trails and wildlife crossings as part of bridge collisions. • Road underpasses may be constructed of concrete boxes, elliptical metal culverts, and culvert crossings where feasible. or open span bridges. Increased width 22.4 Develop a monitoring system for all major 22.2 Use ecologically-appropriate wildlife cross- and height of structures usually correlate wildlife crossings to document crossing use ing structures that meet the needs of spe- with increased use by large mammals. Siz- es range from 6.5 by 6.5 foot culverts for and to collect data for similar projects. cific wildlife species in order to improve small animals, to an opening width of 40 Several studies in other states indicate that movement corridors and safety along the feet by a height of 16 feet for larger ani- significant movement and migratory disrup- corridor. mals. Use natural bottoms for all underpasses that also accommodate streams or tions have occurred due to highway con- Analyze wildlife behavioral traits to design drainage patterns. Determine the actual struction. Movement and behavior at cross- effective crossing structures that meet the size, location, and type of structure on a ings and other highway locations should be needs for all species that will use a structure. site by site basis. monitored to help improve success of these • Placement of underpasses in relation to facilities as part of an on-going interagency • Specific design criteria varies with each an animal’s habitat is crucial. The habi- species. Consider larger species, such as tat within the crossing structure should cooperative research. also be enhanced to encourage use by deer, and small species such as coyotes. (1) Wildlife underpasses help maintain wildlife migration wildlife. • Ensure structures complement the pri- 22.5 Include observation points and watch- patterns and minimize vehicle/wildlife interaction. • Limit human use of the underpass struc- mary defense strategy for each wildlife able wildlife opportunities in the design of species. For instance, animals such as deer, tures when possible. elk, pronghorn, and bighorn sheep depend crossings. on good visibility as a key defense mecha- Consideration should only be given when ob- 22.3 Use different types of fencing as appropri- nism. servation points do not interfere with wild- ate for different animals. • Use open-span bridges and culverts that life movement. are oriented perpendicular to the road in order to reduce the overall length and im- • At tortoise migration routes, use an 18 prove visibility. Proportionately increase inch to 24 inch high welded-wire mesh

3.47 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

23.0 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES diversion earth forms, vegetative buffer 23.1 Clear the site only within the limits of areas, channel linings, energy dissipaters, seeding and mulching. construction. 23.4 Carefully manage and dispose of waste Avoid the visual scars and plant disturbance material. from excessive site disturbance. Asphalt millings inhibit slope revegetation, contaminates adjacent soils, and create a 23.2 Protect important environmental, land- cluttered, unfinished appearance. scape, and cultural features. Identify and protect all areas to be preserved • Avoid placing disposed milled asphalt on prior to construction. These include trees, highway shoulders. shrubs, landscape and cultural features, and environmentally sensitive areas. 23.5 Salvage and store topsoil and native plant materials. (1) The placement of asphalt millings on the highway shoulder creates a stark contrast between • Fence areas where vegetation is to re- the road and the adjacent undisturbed landscape and should be avoided. main, avoid disturbance and compaction After soil erosion and sediment control of the ground. measures have been implemented and be- • Maintain and enhance existing ground- fore grading work begins, remove and store cover to ensure the area is left in a condi- topsoil for project reuse. tion consistent with the surroundings. • Salvage areas should be designated on 23.3 Utilize Best Management Practices and ap- plans and staked on the site. propriate short term stabilization measures • Salvaged plant materials should be stored to prevent erosion and sedimentation dur- and maintained during construction, pri- or to replanting. ing construction. • Stripped topsoil in excess of the quantity Perform a site risk assessment prior to con- required for the project should be stored struction to determine the threat of intro- at specified locations for future use. ducing sediments and pollutants into near- • Topsoil of lesser quality can be blended by surface waters and drainage systems. with soil amendments to improve condition for final bedding. • Utilize short-term BMP’s to reduce sedimentation and pollutant run-off during 23.6 Carefully consider location/reclamation of construction. construction areas. • Consider site specificity, timing of exe- Construction staging areas, borrow pits, cution, and application of man-made devices and/or vegetative or organic cover and other construction areas must be care- to stabilize banks during construction. fully located and returned to a condition • Research alternatives to hard surface that is equal to or better than original, and paving. consistent with the Corridor Plan design • Give preference to other sediment con- guidelines. trol devices including sediment basins, 3.48 SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines Chapter Three — Design Guidelines

24.0 MAINTENANCE FACILITIES AND 24.3 Consult Best Management Practices and pro- • Ensure structures can be readily patched PRACTICES vide for efficient and effective maintenance or painted with matching colors. When paint or stain repair is made, make sure of landscape and aesthetic treatments. 24.1 Locate and screen maintenance staging ar- repairs cover the entire surface and ex- eas in visually unobtrusive areas. With few exceptions, new landscape and tend to joints and logical edges. Maintenance staging areas should be ad- aesthetics projects are designed to be low • Use anti-graffiti treatment on detailed equately set back from the highway. Where maintenance. Refer to NDOT Landscape and sculptural elements. possible, site facilities so they are screened Aesthetics Maintenance Manual. Provide • District level maintenance teams should use the same color palette for all mainte- from the highway by existing landforms. areas where maintenance equipment can nance and repairs (refer to Color Palette be conveniently located. Consider main- guideline, page 3.23, for more informa- • Screen maintenance areas, particularly tenance routines required for the design tion). stockpiles, borrow pits, and equipment, program, and identify areas that may need • If no logical edge or joint exists, feather (1) Screening maintenance facilities from the road is recommended and helps minimize visual clutter in the traveler’s view from the highway or from adjacent de- edges of paint. veloped property. additional care or attention initially and/or of the larger landscape. • Consider security fencing, landscape, and as the project matures. NDOT maintenance architectural solutions. practices include: 24.5 Avoid pruning or shearing plant material except as required to remove dead, dam- Grading and drainage is the most important • Trash and debris removal. aged, or diseased plant part or to provide consideration in the site planning and design • Surface finish maintenance (painting, clear visibility for traffic conditions. patching, graffiti removal). of a maintenance area in order to prevent • Grading and earthwork. any environmental damage that could result • Ground treatment (raking, replacing from leachates in salt and gravel stockpiles. mulch or decorative rock, reconfiguring The NDOT Best Management Practices Man- drainage structures). ual outlines additional points for consider- • Weed control. ation when planning for maintenance stag- • Plantings (interim, temporary, and per- ing areas including the following: manent irrigation, trimming, pruning of shrubs and trees, manual weed control, fertilizing). • Cover salt and sand piles to avoid water- course and groundwater degradation. • Disease and pest management (including invasive species control). • Provide space for equipment storage, vehicles, and supplies, as well as employee • Repair and replacement of structural and or visitor parking. electrical components, irrigation, signage, and lighting. • Consider future expansion needs.

24.4 Create a visual design unity among all 24.2 Coordinate with maintenance personnel when existing and new structures based on the planning and designing maintenance areas. design theme. Planning and design of maintenance areas Ensure a visual design relationship exists requires close cooperation between design- among all highway structures. This includes ers and the personnel directly responsible coordinating materials, patterns, and color. for its use. 3.49 Chapter Three — Design Guidelines SECTION FOUR: Highway Facilities Guidelines

25.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR porate alternative energy sources. Where SUSTAINABLE HIGHWAY possible, use solar powered electronic signs, low energy use lights (such as LED), ENVIRONMENTS and passive solar design. 25.1 Use three key principles in highway con- • Use recycled materials for construction. struction and natural resource management When applicable, use reclaimed concrete to create sustainable highway environment and asphalt, scrap tires, plastics, steel slag, roofing shingles, coal fly ash, and – avoid, minimize, and mitigate. composted municipal organic wastes. Concepts central to these principles include: • Reduce waste. Waste reduction concepts include right-of-way management, re-use • Water conservation: efficiency, protec- of organic materials, water conservation, tion, and reuse and selection of long-lived materials. • Construction materials selection: reduce, reuse, and recycle 25.3 Utilize sustainable development principles • Air quality protection in the design and construction of the high- • Energy efficiency: use renewable energy way corridor. • Design innovation Sustainable design is a holistic philosophy

that includes all aspects of function and (1) Solar power provides (2) Wind power generates a clean (3) Consider recycled and reclaimed 25.2 Techniques for creating sustainable high- construction operations including, but not a sustainable, renewable renewable energy source and materials, such as plastic modular units, way environments. energy source for lighting should be used if available. for roadway construction. limited to: energy use, air quality, material in remote areas. selection, energy generation, water con- • Develop systems to encourage sustain- servation, heating, solid waste, habitat en- able highways. Develop performance standards, monitoring procedures, and hancement, and protection. promote coordination between environmental and transportation agencies. • Consider sustainability in both the design • Preserve air quality. Use construction and construction of highway systems. mitigation techniques to minimize dust • Restore disturbed man-made and natural from construction sites. habitats. • Minimize energy consumption and incor-

3.50 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

Cost Analysis and Implementation

TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis ...... 4.1 SECTION TWO: Implementation ...... 4.15 SECTION THREE: Priorities ...... 4.17

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: ordinary construction costs. The landscape and • Cast-in-place concrete with variable verti- aesthetics budget is available for softscape and cal ribbed design Cost Analysis hardscape treatments that exceed the ordinary • Two color paint palette – base color with construction costs. one accent color • Concrete barrier rail with acrylic stain base To understand the cost implications of the im- color application or steel rail with painted The following summary describes components provements proposed by this Corridor Plan, esti- finish contained within an NDOT standard project that mates on a cost per square foot (sf) and per acre • Embossed bridge/road name identification are not generally considered landscape and aes- basis have been prepared. At the planning budget • Pedestrian access across and under bridges thetic costs. level, these estimates can be applied to the land- used at interchanges and over topographic features scape design segments to produce an overall max- Roadside Service Facilities imum cost for the right-of-way sections through undeveloped areas, communities, and individual Retaining Walls • Service area program as defined in Chapter interchange improvements. These estimates will One that includes designated services inform NDOT in the decision-making process, and • Cast-in-place or pre-cast concrete with fractured fin or similar pattern help influence budget allocations for the land- Non-motorized Transportation Systems • Acrylic stain base color application scape and aesthetics highway improvements. • Maintain existing sidewalk dimension of APPLICATION OF DESIGN GUIDELINES intersecting road across bridge overpass Noise Walls • Maintain existing bike lane dimension of • Cast-in-place or pre-cast concrete with The Design Guidelines included in this report de- intersecting road across bridge overpass fractured fin or similar pattern scribe the elements that compose a typical right- • New bicycle paths and walkways that are • Acrylic stain base color application of-way section and interchange along elevated part of an approved transportation plan • Variation in sound wall geometry, materi- highways and bypasses. They also describe a base • Six foot concrete sidewalk (community transition zones) al, color, texture, and pattern to eliminate level of landscape and aesthetic quality that is monotonous, linear stretches of wall • Ten foot concrete sidewalk (community in- used to predict costs. The intent of this section terface zones) is to develop a definition of what is considered a • Painted zebra pattern pedestrian crossing Concrete Barrier “standard” treatment. Within the Destiny of the with pedestrian crossing sign West design segment, an accentuated treatment • Cast-in-place concrete barrier level should be considered the “standard” treat- Anti-Graffiti Control and Removal • Acrylic stain base color application ment. Upon adoption of the Corridor Plan, NDOT should initiate internal reviews to determine • Application of a long-term, non-sacrificial Guardrail implementation strategies. These reviews will in- anti-graffiti treatment coating to all ap- clude cost evaluation, priorities, scheduling, and propriate structures • Galvanized steel three-beam guardrail visual preference evaluations to test each standard proposed by this section. Bridge Structure Medians

Funding for the landscape and aesthetics por- • Steel and concrete I-girders or steel and • Revegetated median outside of commu- tion of a project should not be used to cover the concrete box girder nity zones 4.1 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

• Revegetated raised six inch median with Erosion Control Roadway Lighting curb within community zones • Provision of temporary erosion control dur- • 30 foot high pole with galvanized finish, Fencing ing construction concrete foundation, and high pressure so- • Permanent erosion control dium luminaire (rural areas) • Chain link fencing with color application— • Temporary and permanent erosion control • 30 foot high pole with powder-coat finish, vinyl clad or painted finish with steel post best management practices concrete foundation with acrylic powder- supports where required (community coated base color application, and high zones) pressure sodium luminaire with shoe-box Native Revegetation for All Disturbed Por- fixture (community zones) • Multi-strand wire fencing with painted tions of Highway Construction steel post supports at right-of-way limits (rural areas) Wildlife Crossing • Salvage and storage of topsoil (six inch hori- • Fencing required to control access, grad- zon minimum) with native plant fragments ing, and drainage • Under or overpass structures to allow • Re-spreading of stockpiled topsoil and na- maintenance of natural migration and ani- tive plant fragments to minimum six inch mal travel patterns Grading depth (amend topsoil when necessary) • Cast-in-place concrete bridges with tex- • Application of native plant revegetation tured finish and two-color paint palette • Steepest desired slope of 3H:1V seed mix in combination with scattered • Wire mesh fencing with painted steel post • Rounded slopes that blend into existing rock mulch supports grade • Supplemental irrigation to establish plant- • See Project Design Development Manual ings when necessary (two year minimum (PDDM) 2.2.4.2 side slopes by maintenance contract) PROCESS • Provide invasive and noxious weed control (two-year minimum by maintenance contract) Rock Cuts Costs (in 2006 dollars) for individual hardscape and softscape treatments, such as pedestrian cross- • Rock cuts that appear natural in form and Construction and Maintenance Manage- walks, curb extensions, raised planters, concrete blend with existing landforms ment Practices form liner imprints, retaining walls, and landscape • Staining of rock cut to provide weathered irrigation, were gathered from several sources, finish • Use of dust control practices including NDOT, local engineering and landscape • Rock fall protection structures, if necessary. • Construction fencing to preserve sensitive architecture firms, contractors, and product man- areas ufacturers. This information was analyzed and Drainage • Maintenance period to ensure establish- compiled into a database that could be applied to ment of native revegetation several prototypical examples of landscape and • Development of a native revegetation gen- • Basic channel conveyance, culverts, and aesthetic treatment levels. The softscape and hard- drainage structures eral maintenance program scape costs presented here represent the capital • Erosion resistant channels costs of construction and do not include extended • Water quality basins Project Components Required for maintenance costs. The treatments correlate to • Man-made or constructed wetlands fulfill- Compliance those presented in the NDOT Landscape and Aes- ing mitigation requirements • All practices must be in compliance with thetics Master Plan. A separate report prepared by applicable Federal and State regulations UNLV, entitled Maintenance Cost Study for Corridor 4.2 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

Planning, examines long-term maintenance costs Enhanced Native: bypasses, bridges and sound walls are the main How to Understand Landscape and such as graffiti removal, pruning, and irrigation. $1.50 - $1.70 sf hardscape cost components. For the purposes of Aesthetics Costs: $64,500 - $74,000 acre cost estimation, the right-of-way conditions es- Prototypical designs for each of the five softscape L & A Cost: $0.30 - $0.50 sf tablished for softscape costs were also used to 1) Determine the cost of the NDOT standard types and four hardscape treatments were creat- L & A Cost: $12,000 - $21,500 acre determine hardscape costs. In addition, a 12,000 treatment for softscape and hardscape. ed for sections of highway rights-of-way outside square foot (60 foot by 200 foot) bridge was as- of communities, in developing commercial areas, Regionally Adapted: sumed for elevated highways and bypasses. The Softscape (Native Revegetation) $1.20 to $1.40 per sf and in downtown areas. Within communities, de- $2.40 - $2.90 sf estimate for the various hardscape levels is: signs were created for two-lane, three-lane, and $105,000 - $126,000 acre Hardscape (Standard) four-lane roadway conditions. The project area L & A Cost: $1.20 - $1.70 sf Hardscape Type Cost Estimate (sf & total) $115 to $120 per sf was then incorporated into the estimate to cre- L & A Cost: $52,500 - $73,500 acre Standard: ate the square foot and acre cost analysis. $115 - $120 sf 2) Determine the cost of the selected treat- Regional Ornamental: $1,386,000 - $1,500,000 total ment type. Overall cost estimates for each level of treatment $3.70 - $6.50 sf L & A Cost: N/A Softscape (Regionally Adapted) were developed from these and compared to the $160,000 - $280,000 acre L & A Cost: N/A $2.40 to $2.90 per sf costs from actual projects for verification. A simi- L & A Cost: $2.50 - $5.30 sf lar process was applied to these areas to create a L & A Cost: $107,500 - $227,500 acre Accentuated: Hardscape (Focal) per square foot and per acre cost for each hard- $132 - $142 sf $180 to $195 per sf scape and softscape type. The cost for ground treatment/native revegeta- $1,575,000 - $1,700,000 total tion is covered under the general construction L & A Cost: $17 - $27 sf 3) Subtract the standard treatment cost from COST ESTIMATES costs as part of the NDOT standard. The data L & A Cost: $189,000 - $200,000 total the cost of the selected treatment type. shown for the different treatment levels repre- Softscape: Cost information presented here is provided for sents a total cost. The L & A cost is the portion of Focal: $2.40 (Regionally Adapted Cost) the purpose of long-range planning and budget- the total cost that is above the NDOT standard. $180 - $195 sf - $1.20 (Native Revegetation Cost) ing. It is not intended to substitute for a project- For example, a regionally adapted softscape costs $2,145,000 - $2,335,000 total = $1.20 (Landscape and Aesthetics Cost) level detailed cost projection. about $1.20 sf more than the standard ground L & A Cost: $65 - $80 sf treatment/native revegetation level of treatment, L & A Cost: $759,000 - $949,000 total Hardscape: Softscape Treatments for a total cost of $2.40 sf ($1.20 + $1.20 = $2.40). $180 (Focal Cost) - $115 (Standard Cost) Using the process described above, planning lev- The additional $1.20 sf is funded through the L & A Landmark: = $65 (Landscape and Aesthetics Cost) el construction cost estimates for the different 3% for new construction, or community partner- $225 - $270 sf softscape treatments were determined in 2006 ships because it is above and beyond the NDOT $2,646,000 - $3,150,000 total The portion of cost allocated as a landscape dollars. They are as follows: standard. The regional ornamental treatment ex- L & A Cost: $110 - $155 sf and aesthetics cost is the additional cost. hibits the widest range of costs due to the highly L & A Cost: $1,260,000 - $1,764,000 total Softscape Type Cost Estimate (sf & acre) customized nature of this type. Ground Treatment / Native Revegetation: The cost for the standard treatment would be cov- $1.20 - $1.40 sf Structures and Hardscape Treatments ered by the general capital construction budget. $52,500 - $61,950 acre Within communities, the construction of curbs, L & A Cost: N/A sidewalks, and medians compose the majority of The treatment levels are represented as a total L & A Cost: N/A hardscape costs. Along elevated highways and cost. The L & A Cost is the portion to be covered 4.3 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

by the landscape and aesthetics budget (up to 3% for new construction) or community partnerships. The landmark level shows the widest range of cost because of the custom nature of many elements such as complex concrete form liners, STRUCTURES AND HARDSCAPE custom railings, and transportation art that are TYPES AND TREATMENTS included in this treatment.

To place the estimates in the context of a highway corridor, an estimate was calculated for a one-mile section of road. Typical sections of highway right-of-way for rural and community applications were developed. Two-lane (50 foot ROW), three-lane (76 foot ROW), and four-lane (102 foot ROW) examples for both suburban and downtown applications were used to determine this value (Figures 19-50, pages 4.5-4.12). The approximate STANDARD ACCENTUATED FOCAL LANDMARK softscape and hardscape costs to develop one mile of corridor right-of-way at each treatment level were estimated.

Figure 18 LANDSCAPE TREATMENT TYPES

GROUND TREATMENT

NATIVE PLANT REVEGETATION

ENHANCED NATIVE SOFTSCAPE REGIONALLY ADAPTED TYPES AND TREATMENTS

REGIONAL ORNAMENTAL

4.4 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

FIGURE 19 - RURAL HIGHWAY FIGURE 20 - RURAL HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Type - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

40’ Landscape Area Wire right-of-way fence varies Clear Zone Wire right-of-way fence Shrub planting

Decomposed granite mulch 16’ Travel Lane with Shoulder 16’ Travel Lane with Shoulder Decomposed granite mulch Revegetation with varies Clear Zone scattered rock and native 40’ Landscape Area plant fragments Revegetation with scattered rock Total Landscape Area Width: 80’

Total Cost: $35,000 - $42,000 acre of ROW area L&A Cost: $0/acre Total Cost: $43,000 - $50,000 acre of ROW area L&A Cost: $8,000 - $14,000/acre

FIGURE 21 - RURAL HIGHWAY FIGURE 22 - RURAL HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Regionally Adapted Softscape Type - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

Wire right-of-way fence Wire right-of-way fence Tree planting Revegetation Landscape boulders

Decomposed granite mulch Decomposed granite mulch Revegetation with scattered Tree planting rock Shrub planting River cobble Landscape boulders Shrub planting River cobble

Total Cost: $69,000 - $85,000 acre of ROW area L&A Cost: $34,000 - $50,000/acre Total Cost: $107,000 - $185,000 acre of ROW area L&A Cost: $72,000 - $150,000/acre 4.5 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

FIGURE 23 - BYPASS/ELEVATED HIGHWAY INTERSECTION FIGURE 24 - BYPASS/ELEVATED HIGHWAY INTERSECTION Softscape Type - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Type - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

Guardrail Guardrail Tree Rock mulch Pedestrian/bikeway Bridge with standard Bridge with aesthetic aesthetic treatment treatment Rock mulch 5’ concrete walkway Groundcover/shrubs Revegetation with scattered rock Revegetation with scattered rock

Total Cost: $1,785,000 (infield landscape and bridge deck) L&A Cost: $0/acre Total Cost: $2,100,000 (infield landscape and bridge deck) L&A Cost: $315,000/acre

FIGURE 25 - BYPASS/ELEVATED HIGHWAY INTERSECTION FIGURE 26 - BYPASS/ELEVATED HIGHWAY INTERSECTION Softscape Type - Regionally Adapted Softscape Type - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

Retaining wall Groundcover/shrubs Landscape light Retaining wall Guardrail Tree

Guardrail Pedestrian/bikeway Bridge with aesthetic Pedestrian/bikeway treatment Bridge with aesthetic treatment Tree Groundcover/shrubs Landscape light Rock mulch Accent tree Revegetation with scattered rock Rock mulch

Total Cost: $2,890,000 (infield landscape and bridge deck) L&A Cost: $1,105,000/acre Total Cost: $4,200,000 (infield landscape and bridge deck) L&A Cost: $2,415,000/acre 4.6 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

FIGURE 27 - TWO LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 28 - TWO LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Type - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

6’ sidewalk 6’ sidewalk Street light Street light

2’ curb and gutter 2’ curb and gutter Street trees Shrubs and groundcovers 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane

Revegetation with scattered Revegetation with rock scattered rock Bus stop with bench (turn Striped crosswalk out lane recommended) Striped crosswalk

Total Cost: $1,627,000 - $1,908,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0 per mile Total Cost: $1,696,000 - $2,025,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $69,000 - $117,000 per mile

FIGURE 29- TWO LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 30 - TWO LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Regionally Adapted Softscape Type - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

6’ sidewalk 6’ sidewalk Street light Street light

2’ curb and gutter 2’ curb and gutter Street trees Street trees Shrubs and groundcovers Shrubs and groundcovers 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane Revegetation with scattered Revegetation with scattered rock rock Bus stop with bench and Bus stop with bench and shelter (turn out lane rec- shelter (turn out lane recom- ommended) mended) Colored crosswalk and Striped crosswalk intersection paving

Total Cost: $2,128,000 - $2,509,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $501,000 - $601,000 per mile Total Cost: $2,846,000 - $4,336,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,680,000 - $2,430,000 per mile 4.7 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

FIGURE 31 - TWO LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 32 - TWO LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Type - Native Revegetation Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

10’ sidewalk 12’ sidewalk Street light Street light 4’ tighter scoring pattern 4’ tighter scoring pattern in the 12’ sidewalk in the 12’ sidewalk

4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane

Bench and pedestrian amenities Street tree Striped crosswalk Striped crosswalk

Total Cost: $3,148,000 - $3,644,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0 per mile Total Cost: $3,419,000 - $3,970,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $271,000 - $329,000 per mile

FIGURE 33 - TWO LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 34 - TWO LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Regionally Adapted Softscape Type - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

12’ sidewalk with pavers 12’ sidewalk with pavers and stone

Street light Street light

Street tree 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane Bus shelter, bench, and Bus shelter, bench, and pedestrian amenities (turn pedestrian amenities (turn out lane recommended) out lane recommended) Street tree Enhanced crosswalk Enhanced crosswalk and intersection paving Bollard Bollard

Total Cost: $4,218,000 - $5,600,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,070,000 - $965,000 per mile Total Cost: $5,579,000 - $8,089,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $2,431,000 - $4,445,000 per mile 4.8 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

FIGURE 35 - THREE LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 36 - THREE LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Type - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

6’ sidewalk 6’ sidewalk Street light Street light

2’ curb and gutter 2’ curb and gutter 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane Street trees Shrubs and groundcovers 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane

Revegetation with scattered Revegetation with scattered rock rock Bus stop with bench (turn Striped crosswalk out lane recommended) Striped crosswalk

Total Cost: $1,647,000 - $1,943,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost:$0 per mile Total Cost: $1,706,000 - $2,033,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $59,000 - $99,000 per mile

FIGURE 37 - THREE LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 38 - THREE LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Regionally Adapted Softscape Type - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

6’ sidewalk 6’ sidewalk Street light Street light

2’ curb and gutter 2’ curb and gutter 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane Street trees Street trees Shrubs and groundcovers Shrubs and groundcovers 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane Revegetation with scattered Revegetation with rock scattered rock Bus stop with bench and Bus stop with bench and shelter (turn out lane rec- shelter (turn out lane recommended) ommended) Striped crosswalk Colored crosswalk and intersection paving Total Cost: $2,150,000 - $2,535,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $508,000 - $601,000 per mile Total Cost: $2,982,,000 - $4,550,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,335,000 - $2,616,000 per mile 4.9 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

FIGURE 39 - THREE LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 40 - THREE LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Type - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

10’ sidewalk 12’ sidewalk Street light Street light 4’ tighter scoring pattern in the 12’ sidewalk 4’ accentuated paving area in the 12’ sidewalk Concrete raised median Raised median and enhanced native planting On-street parallel parking On-street parallel parking Bench and pedestrian amenities Striped crosswalk Street tree Striped crosswalk Curb extension

Total Cost: $3,001,000 - $3,599,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0 per mile Total Cost: $4,385,000 - $4,990,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,284,000 - $1,396,000 per mile

FIGURE 41 - THREE LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 42 - THREE LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Regionally Adapted Softscape Type - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark

12’ sidewalk with pavers 12’ sidewalk with pavers and stone Street light Street light On-street parallel parking On-street parallel parking Street tree Raised median with region- Raised median with ally adapted planting regional ornamental planting Bus shelter, bench, and Bus shelter, bench, and pedestrian amenities (turn pedestrian amenities (turn out lane recommended) out lane recommended) Street Tree Enhanced crosswalk and Enhanced crosswalk intersection paving Bollard Bollard Curb extension Curb extension Total Cost: $4,779,000 - $6,629,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,678,000 - $3,030,000 per mile Total Cost: $5,926,000 - $7,411,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $2,825,000 - $3,817,000 per mile 4.10 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

FIGURE 43 - FOUR LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 44 - FOUR LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Type - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated 12’ sidewalk 12’ Sidewalk Street light Street light

2’ curb and gutter 2’ curb and gutter 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane Raised median with Raised median enhanced native planting Street trees Revegetation with Shrubs and groundcovers scattered rock 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane Striped crosswalk Revegetation with scattered rock Bus stop with bench (turn out lane recommended) Striped crosswalk Total Cost: $2,479,000 - $2,916,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0 per mile Total Cost: $3,021,000 - $3,113,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $142,000 - $197,000 per mile

FIGURE 45 - FOUR LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY FIGURE 46 - FOUR LANE SUBURBAN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Regionally Adapted Softscape Type - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark Street light 12’ sidewalk 12’ sidewalk Street light

2’ curb and gutter 2’ curb and gutter 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane Raised median with region- Raised median with ally adapted planting regional ornamental Street trees planting Shrubs and groundcovers Street trees Shrubs and groundcovers 4’ bike lane 4’ bike lane Revegetation with scattered Revegetation with rock scattered rock Bus stop with bench and Bus stop with bench and shelter (turn out lane rec- shelter (turn out lane recommended) ommended) Colored crosswalk and Striped crosswalk intersection paving Total Cost: $3,465,000 - $4,038,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $986,000 - $1,122,000 per mile Total Cost: $4, 619,000 - $7,165,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $3,140,000 - $4,249,000 per mile 4.11 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

FIGURE 47 - FOUR LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 48 - FOUR LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Ground Treatment/Native Revegetation Softscape Type - Enhanced Native Structures and Hardscape Type - Standard Structures and Hardscape Type - Accentuated

10’ sidewalk 12’ sidewalk Street light Street light 4’ tighter scoring pattern in the 12’ sidewalk 4’ accentuated paving area in the 12’ sidewalk

Concrete raised median Raised median and enhanced native planting

On-street parallel parking On-street parallel parking Bench and pedestrian amenities Striped crosswalk Street tree Striped crosswalk Curb extension

Total Cost: $3,172,000 - $3,681,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $0 per mile Total Cost: $4,495,000 - $5,1324,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $1,323,000 - $1,443,000 per mile

FIGURE 49 - FOUR LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY FIGURE 50 - FOUR LANE DOWNTOWN HIGHWAY Softscape Type - Regionally Adapted Softscape Type - Regional Ornamental Structures and Hardscape Type - Focal Structures and Hardscape Type - Landmark 12’ sidewalk with pavers 12’ sidewalk with pavers and stone Street light Street light On-street parallel parking On-street parallel parking Street tree

Raised median with region- Raised median with regional ally adapted planting ornamental planting

Bus shelter, bench, and Bus shelter, bench, and pedestrian amenities (turn pedestrian amenities (turn out lane recommended) out lane recommended)

Street tree Enhanced crosswalk and Enhanced crosswalk intersection paving Bollard Bollard Curb extension Curb extension Total Cost: $5,022,000 - $6,878,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $2,090,000 - $2,770,000 per mile Total Cost: $6,819,000 - $9,437,000 per mile of ROW L&A Cost: $3,147,000 - $5,756,000 per mile 4.12 SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation

The diagram below demonstrates how the cost estimate information can be used to determine a planning level estimate of the landscape and aesthetics costs for this hypothetical five mile section of highway corridor. The costs shown are for the landscape and aesthetics enhancements that are above the standard project construction costs.

Figure 51 - Planning Level Cost Estimate

Native Revegetation Enhanced Native Enhanced Native Regionally Adapted Native Revegetation Standard Accentuated Accentuated Focal Standard

Mile 5 Mile 1 Mile 2 Mile 4 Mile 3

2 miles @ $250,000 per mile 1 mile @ $1,750,000 per mile 1 mile @ $0 per mile 1 interchange @ $315,000 per interchange (Enhanced Native / Accentuated) (Regionally Adapted / Focal) 1 mile @ $0 per mile (Native Revegetation / Standard) (Enhanced Native / Accentuated) Four lane suburban Four lane downtown (Native Revegetation / Standard) $2,565,000 L&A cost $0 L&A cost $315,000 L&A cost $500,000 L&A cost $1,750,000 L&A cost $0 L&A cost

4.13 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION ONE: Cost Analysis

Maintenance Costs Figure 52 - Total Life Cycle Maintenance Costs The Corridor Plan identifies the level of landscape and aesthetic treatment, and the maintenance investment. Therefore, it is important that maintenance cost data be incorporated in the Corridor Plan. Furthermore, local public agencies and others will be interested in maintenance expenses to help navigate the long-term maintenance implications of retrofit projects.

In collaboration with the Corridor Plan, long-term maintenance costs have been researched by UNLV and compiled as the Maintenance Cost Study for Corridor Planning. Figure 52 diagrams how total life-cycle maintenance costs were developed Figure 53 - Maintenance Costs for Landscape Treatment Types for the different Landscape and Aesthetic treatments. Figure 53 shows the maintenance costs that were determined for the various combinations of softscape and hardscape types. Current estimates exhibit relatively wide variations in cost due to the limited amount of data available; however, further research and tracking of projects will result in more clearly defined maintenance cost estimates.

4.14 Graphics on this page prepared by UNLV Landscape Architecture and Planning Research Office SECTION TWO: Implementation Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION TWO: Banking landscape and aesthetic project funds set forth. Active participation and review of the is encouraged. In so doing, NDOT can shift land- Corridor Plan, coordinated with a review of other Implementation scape and aesthetics money to priority areas community documents, will increase the poten- needing landscape and aesthetic treatment. The tial for action and success. Also refer to Section capacity to re-allocate funds allows NDOT to One of the Appendix which describes potential POTENTIAL FUNDING OPPORTUNITIES broadly manage landscape and aesthetics on a community funding sources. corridor-wide basis. Many opportunities exist to provide funding for the implementation of the corridor projects. Features Facilities such as rest area and view pull-offs will described as standard will be undertaken by NDOT require NDOT funding. However, funding part- as new construction, capacity improvements, and nerships with other agencies and organizations replacement of facilities occurs. Upgrades to the are encouraged. Other partnership opportunities standard landscape and aesthetic features will be include the development of the statewide Place considered as new highway construction occurs. Name Signage Program and Audio Interpretation Funding for new landscape and aesthetic projects Program. With these two programs promoting associated with the state’s highway program will statewide tourism, a partnership between NDOT be provided by State and Federal sources. Up to and Nevada Commission on Tourism (NCOT) 3% of the total project construction cost may be could succeed. Private sector partners, including allocated for landscape and aesthetic improve- the Nevada Mining Association and the Nevada ments associated with all new construction and Ranchers Association, could also be enlisted. capacity improvements. A Main Street Program in Nevada could assist When a landscape and aesthetics project can sig- numerous communities in downtown beautifica- nificantly influence an adjacent community or tion and economic development efforts. This pro- area, the community may choose to be involved gram could be anchored at the state level, with in the process, and participate. The matching an organization such as the Nevada Commission funds program annually provides matching funds on Economic Development. Funding could be up to 50% of the cost for specific community provided by community chambers of commerce projects. In-kind services, State, and Federal mon- or other direct sources. ies may be used for the community match. Project and programs described in the Corridor Additionally, communities may request enhanced Plan are outlined in Figure 54 along with opportu- levels of landscape and aesthetic treatments. nities for potential partnerships, suggested lead Capital cost and maintenance cost-sharing agree- agency, and potential funding sources. Counties, ments with NDOT are required. Communities cities, agencies, and other organizations should may also require that developers with properties be familiar with the Corridor Plan and coordinate located directly adjacent to the NDOT right-of- community plans, master plans, and other govern- way follow the corridor plan recommendations ing documents in order to provide an integrated to improve their areas. approach towards achieving the vision and goals 4.15 Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION TWO: Implementation

Figure 54 - Funding Opportunities Projects and Programs Lead Agency Coordinating Agency Possible Funding Sources Community Gateways Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match Upgrade Downtown Streetscape Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction Upgrade Suburban Streetscape Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction (with Developer support) Upgrade Rural Streetscape Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction (with Developer support) Pedestrian Crossings NDOT Community Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction, Developers building adjacent the ROW Standard Sidewalk NDOT Community NDOT funding Enhanced Sidewalk Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction, Developers building adjacent the ROW Street Trees and Planting Strips Community NDOT, NDF Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Developers building adjacent the ROW, NDF plant supply Community Lighting Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Developers building adjacent the ROW Community Rest Areas Community NDOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match Community Environmental Graphics Community NCOT Enhancement Fund, Community Match Statewide Gateways NDOT County and Enhancement Fund, NDOT funding sources Communities Roadside Services NDOT NDSP NDOT funding sources Statewide Place Recognition Sign Program NDOT NCOT NDOT funding sources, NCOT grant Audio Interpretation Program NDOT NCOT NDOT funding sources, NCOT grant Transportation Art Community NDOT Enhancement Fund Color Palette Retrofit of Existing Facilities NDOT Community Enhancement Fund, Community Match Non-Motorized Transportation Systems Community NDOT Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction, SAFETEA-LU Standard Highway Facilities NDOT Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction Enhancements to Highway Facilities above NDOT Community Enhancement Fund, Community Match, Developers building adjacent the ROW what the 3% would Achieve Wildlife Crossings and Protection NDOT NDW Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction, NDW grant Main Street Approach Community NDOT, Nevada Com- Consortium of Communities, Nevada Commission on Economic Development grant mission on Economic Development Native Wildflower Program NDOT Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act, Landscape and Aesthetics up to 3% for new construction Anti-littering Campaign NDOT Communities NDOT funding Scenic Highway Designation NDOT NDOT funding Rest Area and Shuttle System in the Tahoe NDOT NDSP, USFS, TRPA Southern Nevada Land Planning Management Act Basin

List of Acronymns NCOT – Nevada Commission on Tourism SAFETEA-LU – Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient NDF – Nevada Division of Forestry NDW – Nevada Division of Wildlife Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users NDSP – Nevada Division of State Parks USFS – United States Forest Service 4.16 SECTION THREE: Priorities Chapter Four — Cost Analysis and Implementation SECTION THREE: The following activities have been selected as high priorities because of the immediate and sig- Priorities nificant impact they will have on the overall aesthetics and sense of place for the entire corridor:

This section describes priority levels for projects • Enhancing the community and highway within the landscape design segments. The prior- compatibility ity levels are based on current capital improve- • Providing flexibility for streetscape im- ments, as well as landscape and aesthetics plan- provements within urban areas ning. They are intended to act as a guide and • Retrofitting existing structures and hard- represent those projects the Corridor Planning scape elements through painting/staining team recommends as having the greatest poten- • Creating a unified highway system using tial impact on the aesthetics of the entire cor- color and other features represents a ma- (1) The Boulder City and Hoover Dam Bypass projects jor step towards place-making. are of high priority due to their high visibility and ridor. The priorities identified in this chapter are potential to have a significant impact on travel and subject to change according to the availability of tourism within the state. funds for individual project improvements. Capi- Wildlife movement corridors are an important tal projects are significantly influenced by the component of the corridor environment. Recom- availability of funding. mendations to analyze wildlife corridor movement and provide improved crossing structures First priority was given to highly visible and iden- are listed as medium priority due to the large tifiable projects and sections of road, areas of sig- capital cost. However, a few specific crossing ar- nificant and immediate quality, and projects that eas are designated as first priority due to current are currently in progress. Second priority applies crossing use and the importance for providing to projects that will provide additional benefits wildlife with safe and contiguous habitat con- and aesthetics as part of the long range plan. nections. Community gateway establishment is Third priority was given to areas that currently noted as a second priority unless a project is un- derway because many communities have exist- display a reasonable level of aesthetic quality (2) Simple color application as part of a retrofit project and, upon enhancement, will complete the land- ing entry signage. can improve the aesthetic quality of existing bridges and structures. scape and aesthetics program for their particular landscape design segment. General comments received from the public and TRC members influenced the designation of priorities.

4.17 CONTINUE ON MAP PR2 28

26 COMMUNITY INTERFACE

IMPROVEMENTS 25 COMMUNITY GATEWAYS 24

INFORMATIONAL SIGNAGE 23

HISTORIC VIEWPOINT 22 SR 164 SR 164 Searchlight SR 164 MOJAVE DESERT 21 PRESERVE GATEWAY 20

18 Lake Mohave

16 Nevada 15 California LEGEND 14 Arizona Nevada

US 95 SPECIFIC PROJECT OR INTERSECTION PRIORITY ROAD WIDENING DISTURBANCE 13 N e FIRST PRIORITY RECEIVED NATIVE REVEGETATION w 12 b (MM0-MM57) e r r y

SECOND PRIORITY 11 MAINTENANCE UPGRADE M

ountains 10 THIRD PRIORITY DESERT TORTOISE HABITAT Cal Nev Ari 9

SCENIC PRESERVATION C ROAD SEGMENT PRIORITY o

8 l SPIRIT MOUNTAIN o r FIRST PRIORITY WILDERNESS AREA a 7 d o

SECOND PRIORITY VIEWPOINT/POINT OF INTEREST R i 6 v e SPIRIT MOUNTAIN, GRAPEVINE CANYONS AND r THIRD PRIORITY 5 CHRISTMAS TREE PASS INTERPRETIVE SIGNAGE

4 TRAILS

3 EXISTING REGIONAL TRAIL LAUGHLIN COMMUNITY GATEWAY

2 REST AREA INFORMATIONAL SIGNAGE 1 SR 162 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH Laughlin SR 163 SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles STATEWIDE GATEWAY MONUMENT 0 MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan PLACES PR1 Sand County Studios MAPMOUNTAIN TITLE DESERT VISTA — PRIORITY PROJECTS 4.18 JW Zunino & Associates SEGMENTCALIFORNIA DESCRIPTION STATE LINE TO ELDORADO VALLEY UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM S outhern U U S Erie UN UN 95and LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE &PLANNINGRESEARCH

U C

l o

S Ran ugh 93landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan ge HISTORIC MININGANDRECREATIONAL RECEIVED NATIVEREVEGETATION ROAD WIDENINGDISTURBANCE DESERT TORTOISEHABITAT MAINTENANCE UPGRADE SCENIC PRESERVATION TRAVEL INFORMATION ACTIVITY PULL-OFF

CONTINUE ONMAP PR3 (MM0-MM57)

d o

Valley

a n d Range MOUNTAIN DESERT VISTA—PRIORITY PROJECTS 38

36 US 95 37 35 39 40 41 34 42 43 44 33 45 46 47 32 48 50 49 51 31 52 53 57 30 54 29 28 55 56 ELDORADO VALLEY TO US 95/US93 INTERSECTION INFORMATION ANDDIRECTIONALSIGNAGE LAKE MEADNATIONALRECREATIONAREA CONTINUE ONMAP PR1 Nelson

Boulder City Limits

l d o r a d o Mount ains SEGMENT DESCRIPTION SR 165

MAP TITLE

Nevada o

l o

r a d o River o Arizona

CONSULTANT TEAM TRAILS THIRDPRIORITY SECONDPRIORITY ROAD SEGMENTPRIORITY THIRDPRIORITY SECONDPRIORITY FIRSTPRIORITY SPECIFIC PROJECTORINTERSECTIONPRIORITY LEGEND EXISTING REGIONALTRAIL FIRSTPRIORITY SCALE: 1inchequals3miles 0 CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP 1.5 3 6 4.19 MAP PR2 NORTH CONTINUE ON MAP PR4

BIGHORN SHEEP CROSSING BOULDER CITY EASTERN COMMUNITY GATEWAY SIGNAGE/LINKAGE TO RIVER MOUNTAIN TRAIL NETWORK BOULDER CITY WESTERN COMMUNITY GATEWAY LAS VEGAS EASTERN COMMUNITY GATEWAY/ SCENIC VIEWPOINT Arizona LAS Nevada

VEGAS I - 515 Lake Mead

/ US 95

/ US 93 EAST LAS VEGAS Paradise

STATEWIDE GATEWAY AND LEGEND SR 582 WELCOME CENTER SPECIFIC PROJECT OR INTERSECTION PRIORITY I - 215 SCENIC PRESERVATION henderson FIRST PRIORITY

BYPASS STRUCTURE AESTHETICS SIGNAGE/LINKAGE TO RIVER SECOND PRIORITY MOUNTAIN TRAIL NETWORK US 95 1 2 Hoover Dam THIRD PRIORITY 4 3 5 1

6 2 SOUND PROTECTION FOR ROAD SEGMENT PRIORITY 59 3 CIRCULATION, LINKAGE AND SIGNAGE ADJACENT RESIDENTIAL AREA 7 4 58 FIRST PRIORITY Alunite 8 boulder 9 5 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE/MULTI-USE TRAIL 57 11 10 Buchanan Blvd city 16 SECOND PRIORITY 56 US 93 6 BYPASS COMMUNITY COMPATIBILITY BIGHORN SHEEP CROSSING 15 55 THIRD PRIORITY 7 14 BYPASS STRUCTURE AESTHETICS 13 8 54 12 11 10 9 MAINTENANCE UPGRADE BIGHORN SHEEP CROSSING TRAILS 53 E C ld o EXISTING REGIONAL TRAIL o lo DESERT TORTOISE HABITAT r r 52 a a d d o o US 95 Valley River SCENIC PRESERVATION 51 0 1.5 3 6 NORTH SCALE: 1 inch equals 3 miles

50 City Limits City CONTINUE ON MAP PR2 City Boulder MAP DESIGN WORKSHOP Southern US 95 and US 93 landscape and aesthetics corridor plan PLACES PR3 Sand County Studios MAPDESTINY TITLE OF THE WEST — PRIORITY PROJECTS 4.20 JW Zunino & Associates SEGMENTUS 95/US 93 DESCRIPTION INTERSECTION TO HOOVER DAM UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

CH2MHill CONSULTANT TEAM TRAILS THIRDPRIORITY SECONDPRIORITY ROAD SEGMENTPRIORITY THIRD PRIORITY SECOND PRIORITY FIRST PRIORITY SPECIFIC PROJECTORINTERSECTIONPRIORITY LEGEND EXISTINGREGIONALTRAIL FIRSTPRIORITY SCALE: 1inchequals3miles 0 S outhern 1.5 3 SCENIC PRESERVATION U 131 S UN 95and LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE &PLANNINGRESEARCH 130 129 6 LV 128 NORTH U S 127 93landscapeand aestheticscorridorplan 126 DESERT NATIONALWILDLIFE SITE TRAVELINFORMATION Cactus Springs REFUGE ANDNEVADATEST 125

DEATH VALLEYCULTURAL

S COMMUNITY RESTAREA

HIGHWAY/COMMUNITY p

PEDESTRIAN LINKAGES

i 124

Mountain 123 INDIAN SPRINGS COMPATIBILITY AWARENESS

Indian Springs 122 s 121 120 119

I nd 118 ia n Ridge 117 SCENIC PRESERVATION

116 S po tt ed 115 Range CROSSING BIGHORN SHEEP 114 MOJAVE DESERTVISTA —PRIORITY PROJECTS

L 113 e e C a 112

nyon US 95 US 111 1 LAS VEGASWESTERNCOMMUNITYGATEWAY 10

SR 156 109 CONTINUE ONMAP PR3 KYLE CANYONRECREATIONALGATEWAY In

108 d ian Sp

107 rings Va lley 106

y KYLE CANYON TOCLARK COUNTY LINE l 105 e

anyon 104 Pi 103 n tw LEE CANYONRECREATIONALGATEWAY

102 a te

101 r Range

100

99 V e

SR 157 g a s Valley s BIGHORN SHEEPCROSSING 98 97 96 95

I - 215 94 93 92

CONSULTANT TEAM CH2MHill JW Zunino& Associates Sand County Studios PLACES DESIGN WORKSHOP 4.21 MAP PR4 Chapter Five — Conclusion

Conclusion

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

Conclusion Chapter Five — Conclusion Conclusion Highways can be perceived as edges or boundaries that separate city or landscape. Interchanges are seen as intersections, The Southern US 95 and US 93 Landscape and Aes- The Corridor Plan is a public/private partnership nodes, and gateways. These perceptions thetics Corridor Plan represents a significant step initiative. The Plan provides a foundation for this argue strongly for a design approach that in Nevada’s renewed commitment to landscape unique initiative to build a comprehensive vision recognizes cultural boundaries and deals with and aesthetics as integral elements of the state’s for the landscape and aesthetics of the corridor. the landscape and aesthetic design of the highways. This document is designed to guide de- The partnership policy, outlined in the NDOT Land- highway as a corridor segment, rather than cisions and policies that affect the aesthetic qual- scape and Aesthetics Master Plan, clearly states on an individual project basis. ity of Nevada’s highways on a corridor-wide basis the unique and exciting result of this process. down to the level of individual projects. It pres- ents extensive research and analysis of the exist- Many groups and agencies have reviewed and en- ing conditions of Nevada, its highway corridors, dorsed the Corridor Plan. Additionally, the plan- and its scenic natural landscapes. The Corridor ning process has received high recognition from Plan describes the composition of elements and various organizations. This is evidence the in- programs that will be used to enhance the level tent of this document to inspire and encourage of landscape and aesthetics across the state. Per- context sensitive solutions will be realized. As a haps most importantly, the Corridor Plan sets the result, the landscape and aesthetics of Nevada’s stage for discussion of: highway corridors will experience significant benefits in the years to come. • Facilitation of community improvements • Implementation strategies • Cost evaluation/strategies • Priorities and scheduling • Visual preference evaluation

To accomplish an increased level of landscape and aesthetics for Nevada’s highways, the Corridor Plan has detailed a new NDOT standard level of treatment for capital projects. The new standard significantly enhances the basic level of aesthetics on all future projects.

5.1 Technical Appendix

Technical Appendix

TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION ONE: Potential Community Funding Sources ...... A.1 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways ...... A.4

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

SECTION ONE: Potential Community Funding Sources Technical Appendix SECTION ONE: Nevada Grant Programs ARCO Foundation Potential Community Nevada Division of Forestry Foundation grants are made in five program cat- Funding Sources Nevada Urban and Community Forestry Southern egories (education, community, arts and humani- Region Grant Project and Northern Nevada Urban ties, the environment, and public information). and Community Forestry Grant Program (213) 486-3342 or www.arco.com/init/foundation/ Funds education and outreach related to the ur- index2.html STATE AND FEDERAL GRANT PROGRAMS ban forest, including planning, management, restoration, and sustainability improvements. A tree ArtsREACH The sources and structure for funding sources planting component must be not more than 50% Provides modest grants to partnerships of cultural, within NDOT are described in the Program De- of the project. business, social, government, civic, and religious velopment Manual. Numerous State and Federal http://www.forestry.nv.gov/docs/summary2_012204.pdf organizations. ArtsREACH is a National Endow- funding programs exist for use by communities http://www.forestry.nv.gov ment for the Arts (NEA) pilot program designed for highway and community improvements. The to increase the level of direct NEA grant assis- following list provides a summary of a few fund- Nevada Department of Cultural Affairs tance to arts organizations in underserved areas. ing sources communities may consider as they Nevada Arts Council http://arts.endow.gov develop projects. Additional funding opportuni- Provides a quarterly grant program to assist art- ties are available when other issues are present, ists, support exemplary art projects, and support Clorox Company Foundation (Reno) such as a brownfield site located along a highway, a variety of other art related efforts. The Clorox Company Foundation is dedicated to tribal land influences, and the presence of historic http://dmla.clan.lib.nv.us/docs/arts/programs/ improving the quality of life in communities where structures. A list of federal grants is also located grants/grantsfororgs.htm Clorox employees live and work. The Foundation at http://www.grants.gov. makes grants, mobilizes employee volunteers, and NDEP – Nevada Brownfields works with community leaders and other funders. Communities should review each grant and deter- Agency provides access to funding for brownfield http://www.thecloroxcompany.com/community/ mine its applicability for a specific project. Sepa- redevelopment. Administered through the US En- index.html rate projects addressing the same issue may be vironmental Protection Agency (EPA), the program combined and submitted as a single grant appli- allows communities to establish their own brown- Grantmakers in Nevada cation. Many programs overlap, and proponents fields program by designating an area where re- Lists a variety of potential grants within Nevada. may use a combination of the funding and organi- development is to be targeted. Additional funds http://www.fundsnetservices.com/nevada.htm zational resources listed below, as well as others may be awarded for projects categorized as Dem- that might not be shown. onstration Pilots and have a greenspace component. These monies can be accessed through the Brownfields Assessment Demonstration Pilots and Supplemental Assistance for Demonstration Pilots application processes. http://www.ndep.nv.gov/bca/brownfld_2.htm

A.1 Technical Appendix SECTION ONE: Potential Community Funding Sources

Federal Grant Programs US Department of Housing and Urban Development Small Business Innovation Research Grants Federal Grant Program information can be found Community Development Provides monies to stimulate technological innova- by accessing the Catalog of Federal Domestic As- Provides a grant program to support community tion in the private sector and strengthen the role sistance (CFDA) at www.cfda.gov. The CFDA is a development. of small businesses in meeting Federal research database of all Federal programs available to State http://www.hud.gov/local/nv/community/cdbg/index.cfm and development needs. and local governments; federally-recognized In- http://www.hud.gov/grants/index.cfm Search: Program Number 10.212 dian tribal governments; domestic public, quasi- public, and private profit and nonprofit organi- US Department of Agriculture Fund for Rural America: Research, Education, and zations and institutions; specialized groups; and Business and Industrial Loans Extension Activities Grant Program individuals. The grant programs can be found by Assists rural areas in obtaining quality loans for Supports unique, innovative, and high-impact re- selecting the “Search for Assistance Program” on the purpose of improving the economic and envi- search education, and extension projects to aid the CFDA website and entering the provided “Pro- ronmental climate in rural communities including farmers, ranchers, and rural communities to ad- gram Number”. pollution abatement and control. dress changes and challenges facing agriculture Search: Program Number 10.768 and rural communities as a result of fundamental USDA Rural Development reforms to Federal farm programs. Provides services to further economic development Intermediary Re-lending Program Loans Search: Program Number 10.224 in rural communities. Grants.gov provides informa- Provides loans for business facilities or commu- tion on more than 1,000 Federal government grant nity development in rural areas. US Department of Commerce programs, totaling about $400 billion in funding Search: Program Number 10.767 Economic Adjustment Program Grants each year. Rural communities can access funding Assists State and local interests design and imple- opportunities at www.grants.gov and then type Empowerment Zones Program ment strategies to adjust or bring about change “rural” in the search section of the website. Provides for the establishment of empowerment to an economy. http://www.rurdev.usda.gov/nv/offices/offices.htm zones and enterprise communities in rural areas Search: Program Number 11.307 to stimulate the creation of new jobs, particu- National Park Service larly for the disadvantaged and long-term unem- Public Works and Development Facilities Grants: Tribal Preservation Program ployed, and to promote revitalization of economi- Promotes long-term economic development and Assists tribes in preserving historic properties. cally distressed areas. assists in the construction of public works and The grants provide much needed assistance to Search: Program Number 10.772 development facilities needed to initiate and sup- tribal communities interested in protecting their port the creation or retention of permanent jobs cultural heritage. Rural Business Enterprise Grants in the private sector in areas experiencing sub- http://www.cr.nps.gov/hps/tribal/index.htm Facilitates the development of small and emerging stantial economic distress. private business, industry, and related employment Search: Program Number 11.300 Historic Preservation Fund for improving the economy in rural communities. Provides funding support to State Historic Pres- Search: Program Number 10.769 ervation Offices who administer state grants for historic preservation. http://www.cr.nps.gov/hps/hpf/hpfquest.htm

A.2 SECTION ONE: Potential Community Funding Sources Technical Appendix

National Technical Assistance Program US Department of Interior Public Lands Highways Discretionary Program Provides funds to 1) enlist the resources of desig- Historic Preservation Fund Provides funds to improve access to and within nated university centers in promoting economic 1) Provides matching grants to States for the iden- the nation’s federal lands. Monies have been used development, 2) support innovative economic de- tification, evaluation, and protection of historic for adjacent vehicular parking areas; interpretive velopment projects, 3) disseminate information properties; 2) provides matching grants to States to signage; acquisition of necessary scenic ease- and studies of economic development issues of expand the National Register of Historic Places, as- ments and scenic or historic sites, provision for national significance, and 4) finance feasibility sist in carrying out historic preservation activities; pedestrians and bicycles; construction and recon- studies and other projects leading to local eco- and 3) provides grants to Indian Tribes and Alaskan struction of roadside rest areas (including sanitary nomic development. Native Corporations to preserve their culture. and water facilities), transit facilities, and appro- Search: Program Number 11.303 Search: Program Number15.904. priate public road facilities such as visitor centers as determined by the Secretary. The replacement US Department of Defense Rivers, Trails and Conservation Assistance of the federally owned bridge over the Hoover Community Economic Adjustment Funding: Provides staff assistance to support partnerships Dam in the Lake Mead National Recreation Area Alleviates serious economic impacts that result between government and citizens to increase the between Nevada and Arizona was funded through from Defense program changes. number of rivers and landscapes protected and the program. Search: Program Number 12.600 trails established nationwide. http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/discretionary/plhcurrsola3.htm Search: Program Number 15.921 Community Economic Adjustment Planning Assistance National Recreational Trails Fund Responds to military base closures and realignments. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Funds trails and trail-related projects such as ur- Search: Program Number 12.607 Scenic Byways Discretionary Program ban trails, maintenance, restoration, easement ac- Provides funds to accomplish projects on national quisition, and trail-side and trail-head facilities. Department of Housing and Urban Development scenic byways, all American roads, America’s by- http://www.off-road.com/4x4web/land/nrtfaqa.html Community Development ways, state scenic byways, and Indian tribe scenic http://environment.fhwa.dot.gov/ecological/eco_app_b.asp Awards grants to entitlement community grantees byways. Selected projects recognize state priori- to carry out a wide range of community develop- ties and should benefit the byway traveler’s expe- ment activities directed toward revitalizing neigh- rience, whether it will help manage the intrinsic borhoods, economic development, and providing qualities that shape the byway’s story, interpret improved community facilities and services. the story for visitors, or improve facilities along http://www.hud.gov/local/nv/community/cdbg/index.cfm the byway used by visitors. http://www.bywaysonline.org/grants/ Rural Housing and Economic Development Expands the supply of affordable housing and ac- Ferry Boats Discretionary Program cess to economic opportunities in rural areas. Provided funding for water-taxi studies as well as Search: Program Number 14.250 construction of facilities. http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/discretionary/fbmemos.htm

A.3 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems

A.4 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Technical Appendix

A.5 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems

A.6 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Technical Appendix

A.7 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems

A.8 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Technical Appendix

A.9 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems

A.10 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Technical Appendix

A.11 Technical Appendix SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems

A.12 SECTION TWO: Mapping Ecosystems Technical Appendix

A.13 Glossary

Glossary

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

Aesthetic – Gabion Glossary

AESTHETIC The visual appearance or look of an object, CONNECTIVITY In landscape ecology, the measure of the DESIGN OBJECTIVES Highway types are categorized ac- view, etc. degree to which a matrix, a corridor, or a network is con- cording to the type of road, the speed and volume of nected. The fewer the gaps or aberrations, the greater the travel, and the type of access. Design Objectives establish AMENITIES Aesthetic characteristics or other features of connectivity. program elements and goals that should always be consid- land development that increase its desirability or its mar- ered when addressing projects located along roads with ketability. Amenities may include such things as a unified CONTEXT SENSITIVE Consideration for how a proposed similar characteristics. building design, recreational facilities, security systems, project will fit within its physical location and how it pre- views, landscaping, attractive site design, adjacent open serves the aesthetic, environment, and historic character DESIGN SPIRIT The intent or vision of the design. What space or water bodies. of its surroundings. the designer hopes to accomplish.

BALANCE Balance in design refers to the equilibrium CONSTRAINT A feature or condition of the built or natural DESIGN THEME A unifying concept throughout the design. or equality of visual attraction. Symmetrical balance is environment that poses an obstacle to design, planning, or A design theme provides a sense of consistency and har- achieved when one side of the design is a mirror image of construction. mony because it is created by the repetition of forms and the other side. Asymmetrical balance uses different forms, materials throughout the design (Booth, 1999). colors and textures to obtain balance of visual attraction CONTOUR GRADING Transitioned and rounded grading. (Ingram, 2006). Moving the earth to form a shape or obtain a smoothness. DISTANCE ZONES Landscapes are subdivided into 3 distance zones based on relative visibility from travel routes BUFFER A strip of land, compatible land uses, fence, or a CORRIDOR A stretch of road or highway along with its as- or observation points. The 3 zones are: foreground, middle- border of trees, etc., between one use and another that sociated facilities, adjacent land uses and visual character. ground, and background. The foreground zone includes ar- somewhat mitigates negative impacts between uses. An eas where the viewer can perceive details of the landscape area which provides a degree of insulation from certain CORRIDOR PLAN A detailed specific plan that consid- and typically extends up to a ¼ mile from the viewer. The highway or transportation effects on adjacent private ers land use and transportation issues within a carefully middleground zone is located between ¼ mile and 3 miles property or protected natural resources and vice-versa organized, collaborative planning process between local from the viewer. The background is the area beyond the (AASHTO, 1991). governments, regional entities, and NDOT. middleground extending to the horizon or limit of the area that is seen. CARRYING CAPACITY The number of individuals in a popu- CULTURAL RESOURCES Cultural resources include build- lation that the resources of a habitat can support (Carry- ings, landscapes, archeological sites, ethnographic resourc- DROUGHT TOLERANCE A term often used to describe ing Capacity, 2006). es, objects and documents, structures and districts. They plants with low water requirements, the ability to with- provide information about people from the past and estab- stand extended periods without water, or plants of a COMMUNITY IDENTITY Community identity can be lish important connections to the present (NPS, 2006). desert region. broadly defined as a community of interest or an emotion- al attachment or sense of belonging to a geographic area. CURB EXTENSIONS A section of sidewalk extending into EARTH FORM A raised and elongated area of earth in- (Province of Nova Scotia, 2006). the roadway at an intersection or midblock crossing that tended to direct the flow of water, visually screen, redirect reduces the crossing width for pedestrians and may help out-of-control vehicles, or reduce noise levels by shielding COMMUNITY INTERFACE Community interface zones are reduce traffic speeds (AASHTO, 2004). a receiver from the highway. (AASHTO, 1991). characterized by lower travel speeds, frequent curb cuts, cross streets, traffic control devices, and increased pedes- DESIGN The process of taking ideas and producing a work FOCAL POINT A noticeable area or spot of attention, activ- trian and other non-vehicular traffic. Adjacent land uses of art. The drawings, models, or action of laying out struc- ity, or attraction. It may be such a spot because many are typically commercial, but may include residential areas, tures, land activities, recreational facilities, vegetation, paths, views, rays, walks, etc. converge or it is of a different schools, parks, and other civic uses. land cover, erosion protection, watering methods, etc. color, texture, height, width, brightness, etc.

COMMUNITY TRANSITION Community transition zones DESIGN GUIDELINES A collection of helpful, interpretive, GABION A wire basket usually filled with stone which is include stretches of highway between the center of a com- explanatory recommendations that are intended to pro- used for erosion control/slope protection (AASHTO, 1991). munity and its undeveloped edges. vide a framework for design. B.1 Glossary Gateway – Proportion

GATEWAY An entrance to a city, community, valley, or SHARED-USE TRAIL A trail used by a combination of us- PEDESTRIAN CONNECTIONS A public walkway not adjacent other large-scale space. ers, including pedestrians, roller bladers, horseback riders, to a street. It may connect between two public streets, bicyclists, etc. or between a public street and a public facility, such as a GROUND TREATMENT Treatment to disturbed ground school or park. The standard pedestrian connection in- such as seeded revegetation, pavement, stone mulch, etc. NATIVE PLANTS An original species in a region, as distin- cludes a sidewalk and landscaped buffers on each side. guished from an invader, imported or cultured species HARDSCAPE The hard surface elements of a planned (de- (AASHTO, 1991). PERENNIAL A plant that persists or resprouts year to year signed) landscape that give it definition and style, includ- for several or many years. ing walks, driveways, walls, buildings, fences, and large NATURAL DRAINAGE The flow of water over undisturbed ornamental or sculptural pieces. existing surface topography. PLACE-BASED KNOWLEDGE Local knowledge. Knowledge gained from direct experience with a geographic location. INVASIVE A term used to describe plants that vigorously NATURAL FEATURES Conditions produced by nature such spread, propagate, have rapid unchecked growth, or invade as surface land forms, geology, slopes, vegetation, wa- PLACE-MAKING Design solutions that use elements unique a surrounding landscape area. ter, drainage patterns, aquifers, recharge areas, climate, to the place or new elements to establish a specific style. microclimate, floodplains, aquatic life, wildlife, views, and LANDMARK A conspicuous object on land that identifies a landscape ecological patterns of path, corridor, or matrix. PLACE NAME SIGN A sign program that will provide clear locality, or a designated preservation site, such as a build- and consistent direction from the corridors to scenic areas, ing, monument, or landscape (AASHTO, 1991). NATURAL SYSTEM Natural systems are any type of system points-of-interest, historical sites, and local attractions. found in nature that is not manmade. A key characteristic LANDSCAPE DESIGN SEGMENT Areas of similar character in of a natural system is that we expect its operating rules PLAN VIEW A drawing of an item, site, community, city, which the same major design theme is applied. (laws) to stay the same forever. Examples include ecosys- etc. as viewed from above. tems, physical, or biological systems. LANDSCAPE TREATMENT TYPE Is the combination of vary- PLANT COMMUNITY All of the plant species within a mi- ing intensities of softscape, structures, and hardscape. NONSTRUCTURAL DRAINAGE DESIGN Drainage features croclimate, habitat, or environment. using organic form and natural materials such as earth and LIGHT POLLUTION Light pollution is excess or obtrusive rock vs. pipes and concrete. PLANT DIVERSITY The variety of plants found in a given light. It obscures the night sky, interferes with astronomi- area. cal observatories, wastes energy and disrupts ecosystems. NOXIOUS WEED Noxious weed means any species of plant which is, or is likely to be, detrimental or destructive and PRESERVE LANDSCAPE CHARACTER Highway zone that MAINTENANCE COST The cost of maintaining a landscape. difficult to control or eradicate. (NRS 555.005) consists of agricultural uses or low-density residential and May be calculated annually or over the life of the project. where the potential for significant future growth appears OPPORTUNITIES A feature or condition of the built or to be low. MANAGED LANDSCAPE CHARACTER Highway zone that natural environment that provides an opportunity to de- comprises areas of current growth or planned growth at sign, planning, or construction. PROGRAM A list or outline of the elements and require- community edges along interstates or elevated highways. ments the design solution should incorporate (Booth, Can be adjacent to a variety of land uses varying from resi- ORIENTATION The direction a person, structure, or any 1999). dential to industrial. upright feature with a face is directed, or facing. PROPORTION Ratio of one thing to another (Putnam, MANAGEMENT PLAN A written report of what the man- ORNAMENTAL SOFTSCAPE Plantings used for decorative 1996). agement of a project or property hopes to accomplish and qualities. how it intends to do so.

MASSING The grouping of plant materials.

B.2 Pumice Wick – Softscape Glossary

PUMICE WICK A natural way to harvest rainwater and con- SCALE Spatial proportion. Scale refers to the size of an ob- SHADOW PATTERNS Shadow patterns in structures occur trol erosion. Pumice is extremely hygroscopic and absorbs ject or objects in relation to the surroundings. Size refers due to relief of planes and specific shadow lines and may several times its own weight in water. Trees and shrubs to definite measurements while scale describes the size be part of the ornament of the structure. can be planted on either side of the wick. The roots take in relationship between adjacent objects (Ingram). Items at water from the underground sponge and establish more pedestrian scale may be much smaller than those at motor SHRUB A plant with many stems or much branching near quickly with much less supplemental water. vehicle scale, where speeds are much faster. the ground. It is woody and forms new wood from old wood each year. RECOVERY ZONE A clear recovery area free of hazards SCENIC BYWAY Roads that are outstanding examples of along the edge of the traveled roadway. scenic, historic, recreational, cultural, archeological and/or SIGNAGE SYSTEM A coordinated system of visual com- natural qualities. munications in symbols, pictures, letters, drawing, pho- REGIONALLY ADAPTED PLANT SPECIES Species adapted to tographs, or words whose function is to communicate the soil conditions present on the site and in the region of SCENIC DESIGNATION Highway zone that includes exist- directions, identifications, warnings, advertisements, etc. the state where it will be grown. ing and proposed scenic byways where scenic, cultural, to passersby. historic, recreational, and/or natural qualities dominate the REVEGETATION The replacement of plant material on a highway landscape. SITE ANALYSIS Observing, considering and evaluating land area. the physical and man-made elements including the envi- SCENIC EASEMENTS The right for a public agency or other ronmental, climatic, visual, cultural, historical and other RHYTHM Rhythm is achieved when the elements of a group to use an owner’s land for scenic enhancement, such factors relating to a particular location, corridor or region design create a feeling of motion which leads the viewer’s as roadside landscaping or vista preservation, by restric- (AASHTO, 1991). eye through or even beyond the designed area. Tools like tions on the area of the easement. color schemes, line and form can be repeated to attain SITE CONTEXT Where the site in question is located in rhythm in landscape design. Rhythm reduces confusion in SCORING PATTERN A pattern cut or scratched into a surface. relation to the greater landscape. The surrounding area, the design (Ingram, 2006). whether city, town, wilderness, etc. SECTION DIAGRAM A drawing of a structure, landform, RIGHT-OF-WAY A general term denoting land, property, or object, etc., as it would appear if cut by an imaginary plane, SITE PLAN A plan of a site showing the positions, size, and interest therein, usually in a strip, acquired for or devoted showing any internal portions and outer edges along the types of elements such as roads, drives, parking lots, play to transportation or utility purposes (AASHTO, 1991). intersection. areas, land uses, or structures existing or proposed for a site. It may or may not show dimensions, contours, or have RIPARIAN VEGETATION Plant communities occurring SENSE OF ENTRY An introduction to a site or place. The a legend. in association with any spring, lake, river, stream, creek, impression of having arrived at a site or community. wash, arroyo, or other water body having banks and a bed SITE RISK ASSESSMENT The process of evaluating the through which water flows at least occasionally. SENSE OF PLACE The unique impressions, perceptions and adverse effects caused by a substance, activity, lifestyle, or memories along with physical representations of a site. natural phenomenon. RIPRAP A layer of stones, broken concrete, or boulders placed on a slope to stabilize it against slope failure or ero- SENSE OF SCALE The feeling created or perceived when SITE SPECIFIC Peculiar to only one particular location sion due to precipitation, natural drainage, waves, or wind. one is placed next to a very large object (such as a 50-story (AASHTO, 1991). building 500 feet wide) or a small object (a toolshed 6 ft. ROAD SERVICES Areas along the highway that provide tall and 8 ft. wide). SITE-SENSITIVE MATERIALS Materials with qualities that travelers with designated spaces to rest, interpret history blend with the surroundings. and geography, and discover information about nearby SEQUENCE OF ARRIVAL Transition between spaces as a activities and communities. destination is approached. SOFTSCAPE The plantings used in a landscape.

B.3 Glossary Softscape Treatment Type – Wildlife Habitat Corridors

SOFTSCAPE TREATMENT TYPE Softscape treatments are TRANSPORTATION ART Artwork along a transportation VIEWSHED The total area visible from a point or series of compositions of plant materials including trees, shrubs, route that enhances the travel experience and relates to points along a linear transportation facility and conversely perennials, grasses, and ground treatments. the surrounding place, the unique culture and environment the area which views upon the facility (AASHTO, 1991). of the area. Artwork should be of a scale appropriate to SPIRIT OF PLACE The unique, distinctive and cherished as- highway travel speed. VIEWSHED ANALYSIS Scrutinizing a viewshed to deter- pects of a place; as much in the invisible weave of culture mine the positive and negative aspects. (stories, art, memories, beliefs, histories, etc) as it is the TRANSPORTATION CORRIDOR A strip of land between two tangible physical aspects of a place (monuments, bound- termini within which traffic, topography, environment VISUAL RELIEF A unique feature in an otherwise monoto- aries, rivers, woods, architectural style, rural crafts styles, and other characteristics are evaluated for transportation nous landscape or structure. pathways, views, etc) or its interpersonal aspects (the pres- purposes; also a strip of land for transmission of a utility ence of relatives, friends and kindred spirits, etc) (Spirit of (AASHTO, 1991). WATER HARVESTING Catching and holding rain where it Place, 2006). falls for future use. It may be stored in tanks or used to UNDERSTORY SHRUB The lower canopy in a layered recharge groundwater. STREET TREE Trees that are tolerant of city conditions, planting. including pollution, poor soils, low soil moisture, strong WATTLES Poles intertwined with reeds or plants (willows, winds and soil compaction. Many communities have a list UNITY The state when independent elements contribute etc.) to create a fence, barricade, etc. of accepted trees for their area. harmoniously to the whole. (Williams, 1990). WETLAND An area that is inundated or saturated by sur- STRUCTURES AND HARDSCAPE TREATMENT TYPE Varying URBAN BACKGROUND Highway zone within urban regions face or groundwater at a frequency, duration, and depth levels of treatment for bridges, retaining walls, acoustic that comprise areas dominated by commercial and resi- sufficient to support a predominance of emergent plant walls, pedestrian crossings, railings, barrier railings, light- dential development. species (cattails, etc.) adapted to growth in saturated soil ing, and transportation art. conditions. URBAN CONFLUENCE Highway zone within urban regions SUB-SEGMENT A portion of a Landscape Design Segment that serves as an important connector for people and com- WILDLIFE CROSSING Structures built to facilitate wildlife where unique historic, cultural or environmental features merce. crossing highways and minimize wildlife-related automo- may result in a slightly different interpretation of the over- bile accidents. all design theme. VERNACULAR FORMS Forms in indigenous styles constructed from locally available materials following WILDLIFE HABITAT CORRIDORS Corridors that connect SUSTAINABILITY The ability to sustain ecological integrity, traditional building practice and patterns not architect- patches of wildlife habitat. These corridors allow wildlife including human needs throughout generations. The abil- designed. to move between habitats and allow individual animals ity to maintain with little deviation, with little waste, with to move between groups, helping to restore or maintain renewable energy, etc. VERTICAL DESIGN ELEMENT Site elements such as the genetic diversity that is essential both to the long-term facades of buildings, walls, fences, trees and tall shrubs, or viability of populations and to the restoration of functional SUSTAINABLE DESIGN Landscape designs that work with steeply sloped ground. Vertical elements may be used as ecosystems. nature rather than against it (Booth, 1999). enclosures or for visual interest (Booth, 1999).

TRACK WALKING A method of erosion and sediment con- VERTICAL DIVERSITY Vertical elements that vary in tex- trol. Track walking with machinery up and down a slope ture, color, transparency, etc. in order to add visual interest provides grooves that will catch seed, fertilizer, mulch, and to a site (Booth, 1999). rainfall, and reduce runoff. VIEW POINT A “pulloff” area on a highway where travelers TRANSITION A gradual change. Transition can be obtained can enjoy a view. by the arrangement of objects with varying textures, forms, or sizes in a logical sequential order. (Ingram, 2006). B.4 Bibliography

Bibliography

UNLANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE & PLANNINGLV RESEARCH

Document References Bibliography

DOCUMENT REFERENCES

Brinton, William D. and Rogers, Towers, Bailey, Jones, and Gay, P.A. 2001. Bill- board Legislation and the Takings Issue. Georgetown University Law Cen- ter Continuing Legal Education. Jacksonville, Florida. Accessed August 27, 2004 at http://www.scenic florida.org/bblegistakings.html.

David Evans and Associates. Oregon Department of Transportation. August, 1999. Main Street...When a Highway Runs Through it: A Handbook for Or- egon Communities. (Review draft)

ITE Journal, July 1997, p.23.

Tueller, Dr. Paul T.; Post, Dick; and Noonan, Erin. September 20, 2002. Map- ping Ecosystems Along Nevada Highways and the Development of Specifi- cations for Vegetation Remediation. University of Nevada, Reno.

University of Nevada, Las Vegas. July 3, 2002. Landscape Architecture and Planning Research Office. Pattern and Palette of Place: A Landscape and Aesthetics Master Plan for the Nevada State Highway System.

University of Nevada, Las Vegas. September 2004. Landscape Architecture and Planning Research Office. Scenic Byways and Outdoor Advertising Study.

University of Nevada, Las Vegas. March 31, 2005. Landscape Architecture and Planning Research Office. Maintenance Cost Manual for Corridor Planning. www.mainstreets.org

C.1 Bibliography Glossary References

GLOSSARY REFERENCES National Park Service (NPS). Cultural Resources Stewardship. Website: http://www.cr.nps.gov/care. Unless otherwise noted, definitions were taken htm, accessed June 1, 2006. from the following book: Christensen, Alan Jay. Dictionary of Landscape Province of Nova Scotia. Land Use Planning Architecture and Construction. McGraw-Hill. New - Community Identity and The Municipal Govern- York, 2005. ment Act. Nova Scotia, 2006. Website: http://www. gov.ns.ca/snsmr/muns/plan/identity.asp, accessed ADDITIONAL SOURCES June 1, 2006.

AASHTO, American Association of State Highway Putnam, Robert. Builder’s Comprehensive Diction- and Transportation Officials. Guide for the Plan- ary. Builder’s Book, Inc. California, 1996. ning, Design, and Operation of Pedestrian Facili- ties. Publication Number GPF-1. Washington D.C., Spirit of Place. Website: http://en.wikipedia.org/ July 2004. wiki/Spirit_of_place, accessed November 7, 2006.

AASHTO Highway Subcommittee on Design Task Standard And Specifications For Grade Stabiliza- Force for Environmental Design, American As- tion Structure, New York, August 2005. Website: sociation of State Highway and Transportation http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/toolbox/ Officials. A Guide For Transportation Landscape escstandards/sec5bperm6.pdf, accessed June 1, And Environmental Design. Washington D.C., June 2006. 1991. Williams, Robin. The Garden Planner: a Complete Booth, Norman K. and James E Hiss. Residential Illustrated Guide to Designing Your Garden. Bar- Landscape Architecture. Ohio State Press. New ron’s Educational Series. New York, 1990. Jersey, 1999. Pedestrian Connection. Website: http://www. Carrying Capacity. Website: http://www.overpopu- portlandonline.com/transportation/index. lation.com/faq/natural_resources/carrying_capac- cfm?c=dgbgh&a=jjbci, accessed October 19, ity.html, accessed June 1, 2006. 2006. Ingram, Dewayne L. Basic Principles of Landscape Design. University of Florida, Institute of Food Spirit of Place. Website: http://www.upperdela- and Agricultural Sciences. Website: http://edis. ware.com/route97/whatis.cfm , accessed October ifas.ufl.edu/MG086, accessed June 1, 2006. 19, 2006.

C.2